Brother HL-5240, HL-5240L, HL-5250DN series, HL-5270DN, HL-5280DW Service Manual
Add to My manuals337 Pages
advertisement
Brother Laser Printer
SERVICE MANUAL
Read this manual thoroughly before maintenance work.
Keep this manual in a convenient place for quick and easy reference at all times.
September 2005
SM-PRN057
(17)
© Copyright Brother Industries, Ltd. 2005
Compilation and Publication:
This manual has been complied and published, under the supervision of Brother Industries
Ltd., covering the latest product descriptions and specifications. The contents of this manual and the specifications of this product are subject to change without notice. Brother reserves the right to make changes without notice in the specifications and materials contained herein and shall not be responsible for any damages (including consequential) caused by reliance on the materials presented, including but not limited to typographical and other errors relating to the publication. This product is designed for use in a professional environment.
Trademarks:
The Brother logo is a registered trademark of Brother Industries, Ltd.
Apple, the Apple Logo, Macintosh and TrueType are registered trademarks of Apple
Computer, Inc in the United States and other countries.
Epson is a registered trademark and FX-80 and FX-850 are trademarks of Seiko Epson
Corporation.
Hewlett Packard is a registered trademark and HP LaserJet 6P, 6L, 5P, 5L, 4, 4L 4P, III, IIIP,
II, and IIP are trademarks of Hewlett-Packard Company.
IBM, IBM PC, and Proprinter are registered trademarks of International Business Machines
Corporation.
Microsoft, MS-DOS, Windows and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the U.S. and other countries.
ENERGY STAR is a U.S. registered mark.
Citrix and MetaFrame are registered trademarks of Citrix Systems, Inc. in the United State.
SuSE is a registered trademark of SuSE Linux AG.
RED HAT is a registered trademark of Red Hat. Inc.
Mandrake is a registered trademark of Mandrake Soft SA.
PostScript and PostScript 3 are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
Intel, Intel Xeon and Pentium are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation.
AMD, AMD Athlon, AMD Opeteron and combinations thereof, are trademarks of Advanced
Micro Devices, Inc.
Java and all Java-based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States and other countries.
All other terms and brand and product names mentioned in this Service Manual are registered trademarks of their respective companies.
Confidential
PREFACE
This service manual contains basic information required for after-sales service of the laser printer (hereinafter referred to as "this machine" or "the printer"). This information is vital to the service technician to maintain the high printing quality and performance of the printer.
This service manual covers the
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW
printers.
This manual consists of the following chapters:
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL
Features, specifications, etc.
CHAPTER 2: THEORY OF OPERATION
Basic operation of the mechanical system, the electrical system and the electrical circuits.
CHAPTER 3: PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
Periodical replacement parts, consumable parts, etc.
CHAPTER 4: TROUBLESHOOTING
Reference values and adjustments, troubleshooting image defects, troubleshooting malfunctions, etc.
CHAPTER 5: DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
Procedures for disassembling and re-assembling the mechanical system.
CHAPTER 6: ADJUSTMENTS AND UPDATING OF SETTING, REQUIRED AFTER
PARTS REPLACEMENT
CHAPTER 7: SERVICE SUPPORT SOFTWARE
Test print mode and Service menu mode, etc.
APPENDIX:
Information in this manual is subject to change due to improvement or redesign of the product. All relevant information in such cases will be supplied in service information bulletins (Technical Information).
A thorough understanding of this printer, based on information in this service manual and service information bulletins, is required for maintaining its print quality performance and for improving the practical ability to find the cause of problems. i
Confidential
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SAFETY INFORMATION...............................................................................x
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL .......................................................................... 1-1
CHAPTER 2 THEORY OF OPERATION ................................................ 2-1
ii
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE............................................... 3-1
iii
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING ....................................................... 4-1
iv
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY ............................. 5-1
7.13 Gear Plate Calking ASSY AL/Develop Joint/Main Motor ASSY AL............................... 5-30
v
Confidential
7.44 Wireless PCB (PCB T60H929.00 ASSY 02) (For HL-5280DW) ................................... 5-77
vi
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 6 ADJUSTMENTS AND UPDATING OF SETTINGS,
REQUIRED AFTER PARTS REPLACEMENT.................. 6-1
2. IF YOU REPLACE THE PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE PARTS ............................6-10
CHAPTER 7 SERVICE SUPPORT SOFTWARE.................................... 7-1
APPENDIX
2. LOW-VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY PCB CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (100V, 200V).......... A-8
3. HIGH-VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY PCB CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ............................. A-10
4. POINT TO POINT CONNECTION DIAGRAM........................................................ A-11
vii
Confidential
C
REGULATION
LASER SAFETY (100 - 120V MODEL ONLY)
This printer is certified as a Class 1 laser product under the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation
Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. This means that the printer does not produce hazardous laser radiation.
Since radiation emitted inside the printer is completely confined within protective housings and external covers, the laser beam cannot escape from the machine during any phase of user operation.
FDA REGULATIONS (100 - 120V MODEL ONLY)
U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has implemented regulations for laser products manufactured on and after August 2, 1976. Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States. One of the following labels on the back of the printer indicates compliance with the FDA regulations and must be attached to laser products marketed in the United States.
The label for Japanese manufactured products
MANUFACTURED:
Brother Industries, Ltd.,
15-1 Naeshiro-cho Mizuho-ku Nagoya, 467-8561 Japan
This product complies with FDA performance standards for laser products except for deviations pursuant to Laser
Notice No.50, dated July 26, 2001.
The label for Chinese manufactured products
MANUFACTURED:
Brother Corporation (Asia) Ltd. Brother Buji Nan Ling
Factory
Gold Garden Ind., Nan Ling Village, Buji, Rong Gang,
Shenzhen, CHINA
This product complies with FDA performance standards for laser products except for deviations pursuant to Laser
Notice No.50, dated July 26, 2001.
Caution
Use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified in this User’s Guide may result in hazardous radiation exposure. viii
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
IEC 60825 (220-240V MODEL ONLY)
This printer is a Class 1 laser product as defined in IEC 60825 specifications. The label shown below is attached in countries where it is required.
This printer has a laser diode which emits invisible laser radiation in the Laser Unit. The
Laser Unit should not be opened without disconnecting the two connectors connected with the AC power supply and laser unit. Since the variable resistor in the laser unit is adjusted in accordance with the standards, never touch it.
Caution
Use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
For Finland and Sweden
LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE
KLASS 1 LASER APPARAT
Varoitus! Laitteen käyttäminen muulla kuin tässä käyttöohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa käyttäjän turvallisuusluokan 1 ylittävälle näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle.
Varning – Om apparaten används på annat sätt än i denna Bruksanvisning specificerats, kan användaren utsättas för osynlig laserstrålning, som överskrider gränsen för laserklass
1.
Internal laser radiation
Maximum radiation power: 5 mW
Wave length: 770 – 810 nm
Laser class: Class 3B ix
Confidential
SAFETY INFORMATION
CAUTION FOR LASER PRODUCT (WARNHINWEIS FUR LASER DRUCKER)
CAUTION: When the machine during servicing is operated with the cover open, the regulations of VBG 93 and the performance instructions for VBG 93 are valid.
CAUTION: In case of any trouble with the laser unit, replace the laser unit itself. To prevent direct exposure to the laser beam, do not try to open the enclosure of the laser unit.
ACHTUNG: Im Falle von Störungen der Lasereinheit muß diese ersetzt werden. Das
Gehäuse der Lasereinheit darf nicht geöffnet werden, da sonst
Laserstrahlen austreten können.
<Location of the laser beam window>
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
When servicing the optical system of the printer, be careful not to place a screwdriver or other reflective object in the path of the laser beam. Be sure to take off any personal accessories such as watches and rings before working on the printer. A reflected beam, though invisible, can permanently damage the eyes.
Since the beam is invisible, the following caution label is attached on the laser unit. x
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
DEFINITIONS OF WARNINGS, CAUTIONS AND NOTES
The following conventions are used in this service manual:
WARNING
Indicates warnings that must be observed to prevent possible personal injury.
!
CAUTION:
Indicates cautions that must be observed to service the printer properly or prevent damage to the printer.
NOTE:
Indicates notes and useful tips to remember when servicing the printer.
**Listed below are the various kinds of “WARNING” messages included in this manual.
WARNING
Always turn off the power switch and unplug the power cord from the power outlet before accessing any parts inside the printer.
WARNING
Some parts inside the printer are extremely hot immediately after the printer is used. When opening the front cover or back cover to access any parts inside the printer, never touch the shaded parts shown in the following figures.
WARNING
If you analyze malfunctions with the power plug inserted into the power outlet, special caution should be exercised even if the power switch is OFF because it is a single pole switch.
WARNING
DO NOT use any type of spray to clean inside or outside of the machine. Doing this may cause a fire or electrical shock.
xi
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL
1. FEATURES
This printer has the following features.
High Resolution and Fast Print Speed
True 600 x 600 dots, true 300 x 300 dots per inch (dpi), HQ1200 and 1200 x 1200 dpi for graphics with microfine toner and up to 28 pages per minute (ppm) print speed for printing on
A4 size paper, and up to 30 pages per minute (ppm) print speed for Letter- size paper.
Versatile Paper Handling
The printer loads paper automatically from the paper tray. The paper tray can hold A4, letter,
B5 (ISO), B5 (JIS), A5, B6 (ISO), A6, Executive, Folio and Legal* size of paper. You can use a variety of types and sizes of paper when printing from the Multi-purpose tray. Width: 69.9 to
215.9 mm (2.75 to 8.5 in) Length: 116 to 406.4 mm (4.57 to 16 in). A4, Letter, Legal sizes of paper can be held when automatic duplex print. *Legal paper is not available in some regions.
Front Operation
Basic operation of the printer can be controlled from the control panel.
Enhanced Printing Performance and User-Friendly Operation for Windows
The dedicated printer driver for Microsoft
Windows
95/98/Me, Windows
NT 4.0 and
Windows
2000/XP Home Edition/XP Professional/XP Professional x64 Edition are available on the CD-ROM supplied with your printer. You can easily install them into your Windows
system using our installer program. The driver supports our unique compression mode to enhance printing speed in Windows
applications and allows you to choose various printer settings including toner save mode, custom paper size, sleep mode, gray scale adjustment, resolution, water mark and many layout functions. You can easily setup these print options through the Printer Setup Menu.
Printer Status Monitor with Bi-directional Parallel Interface
The printer driver can monitor the status of your printer using bi-directional parallel communications. IEEE-1284 bi-directional parallel printer cable is recommended.
The printer status monitor program can show the current status of your printer. The animated dialog box appears on your computer screen to show the current printing process when printing. If an error occurs, a dialog box will appear to let you know what to correct. If you have turned on the Interactive Help (Windows only) you can get visual guidance on your PC screen on the actions in the event of certain printer errors. The default setting is OFF.
Quick Print Setup
The Quick Print Setup is a convenient utility to allow you to make changes to frequently used driver settings easily without having to open the printer properties selection box every time. It is launched automatically when this printer driver is selected. You can change the settings by clicking on the icon with the right mouse button. The default setting is OFF.
Enhanced Memory Management
The printer provides its own data compression technology in its printer hardware and the supplied printer driver software, which can automatically compress graphic data and font data efficiently into the printer’s memory. You can avoid memory errors and print most full pages
1200 dpi graphic and text data, including large fonts, with the standard printer memory.
1-1
Confidential
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL
USB Interface (for Windows 98/Me/2000/XP Home Edition/XP Professional/XP
Professional X64 Edition, Mac OS 9.1-9.2/ Mac OS X 10.2.4 or greater)
The printer can be connected using the Universal Serial Bus (USB) interface to a PC or Mac which has a USB interface. Drivers that allow you to use the USB port are provided on the CD-
ROM supplied with the printer.
Popular Printer Emulation Support
These printers support the following printer emulation modes.
BR-Script 3, HP LaserJet (PCL6), Epson FX-850 and IBM Proprinter XL.
Environment-Friendly
<Economy Printing Mode (Toner Save Mode)>
This feature will cut your printing cost by saving toner. It is useful for obtaining draft copies for proof-reading. You can select the toner saving economy mode through the Windows
printer driver supplied with your printer.
<Sleep Mode (Power Save Mode)>
Sleep mode automatically reduces power consumption when the printer is not in use for a certain period of time. The printer consumes less than 8.5W when in sleep mode.
<Low Running Cost>
Since the toner cartridge is separate from the drum unit, you need to replace only the toner cartridge after printing around 3,500 (Standard cartridge) pages or 7,000 (High yield cartridge) at 5% coverage for A4 paper for the standard cartridge, which is both cost effective and ecologically friendly.
Bar Code Print
The printer can print the following 11 types of bar codes
•
•
•
•
Code 39
Code 128
Interleaved 2 of 5
Codabar
•
•
•
•
US-PostNet
ISBN
•
•
EAN-8
EAN-13
UPC-A
•
EAN-128
UPC-E
Network Feature (for HL-5250DN/5270DN/5280DW)
The Brother printer has built in multi protocol network capability as standard. This allows multiple host computers to share the printer on a 10/100Mb wired Ethernet or IEEE
802.11b/802.11g wireless Ethernet network. Any users can print their jobs as if the printer was directly connected to their computer. Users on Windows
®
Windows
®
95/98/Me, Windows NT4.0,
2000/XP Home Edition/XP Professional/XP Professional x64 Edition, Mac OS to 9.2, Mac OS
®
®
X 10.2.4 or greater simultaneously can access this printer. For further information, see the Network User’s Guide supplied with the printer. The wireless network function is supported by the HL-5280DW only.
®
9.1
1-2
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
2. PARTS NAMES AND FUNCTIONS
2.1 Overview
(HL-5240/5250DN)
<Front View>
Front cover release button
Face-down output tray
Front cover
Control panel
Face-down output tray support flap (support flap)
MP tray cover ASSY
Power switch
Paper tray
Multi-purpose tray (MP tray)
Fig. 1-1
<Rear View>
Back cover
Duplex tray
(For HL-5250DN)
AC power connector
USB interface connector
10/100BASE-TX port
(For HL-5250DN)
*
The printer illustration is based on HL-5250DN.
Fig. 1-2
DIMM cover
Parallel interface connector
Network status LEDs
(Light emitting diodes)
(For HL-5250DN)
1-3
Confidential
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL
(HL-5270DN/5280DW)
<Front View>
Front cover release button
Control panel
Face-down output tray support flap (support flap)
MP tray cover ASSY
Face-down output tray
Front cover
Power switch
Paper tray
Multi-purpose tray (MP tray)
Fig. 1-3
<Rear View>
Back cover
Duplex tray
AC power connector
USB interface connector
10/100BASE-TX port
Fig. 1-4
DIMM cover
Parallel interface connector
LEDs
(Light emitting diodes)
1-4
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
2.2 Control Panel
(HL-5240/5250DN)
There are the four Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs) (
Toner
,
Dru
m,
Paper
and
Status
) and two control buttons (
Go
and
Job Cancel
) on the control panel.
1.
Toner
LED indicates when the Toner is low or at the end of its life.
2.
Drum
LED indicates when the Drum is nearing the end of its life.
3.
Paper
LED indicates when the paper tray is empty or there is a paper jam.
4.
Status
LED will flash and change color depending on the printer status.
5.
Job Cancel button
will stops and cancels the print operation in progress.
6.
Go button
Wake-up / Error recovery / Form feed / Reprint
Fig. 1-5
1-5
Confidential
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL
(HL-5270DN/5280DW)
Fig. 1-6
1.
LCD
• Off: The printer is off or in sleep status.
•
Green (General): Ready to print.
Printing
Warming up
Job canceling
• Red (Error): There is a problem with the printer.
•
Orange (Setting): The printer is offline.
Choosing a menu
Setting number of reprints.
Pause
2.
Data LED
: Orange
• On: Data is in the printer memory.
•
Blinking: Receiving or processing data.
•
Off: No remaining data in the memory.
3.
Go button
Exit from the control panel menu and reprint setting.
Clear error messages.
Pause and Continue printing.
4.
Job Cancel button
Stop and cancel the printing operation in progress.
5.
Reprint button
Choose the reprint menu and the number of extra copies
(1-999).
Please enhance the RAMDISK size when you want to use the Reprint functions.
6.
Menu buttons
•
+
: Move forward through menus.
Move forward through the available options.
•
-
: Move backward through menus.
Move forward through the available options.
•
Set
: Choose the control panel menu.
Set the chosen menus and settings.
•
Back
: Go back one level in the menu structure.
1-6
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
3. SPECIFICATIONS
3.1 Printing
Print method
Laser
Electrophotography by semiconductor laser beam scanning
Wavelength: 770 - 810nm max
Laser class: Class B
Resolution
<Windows
95, WindowsNT
Windows
4.0, Windows
98/Me, Windows
2000,
XP Home Edition/XP Professional/XP Professional x64
Edition and Mac OS
>
1200 dpi*/ HQ1200/ 600dpi/ 300dpi
<DOS>
600dpi
<Linux>
* When you choose the higher print quality setting, the print speed will be slower.
Print quality
Normal printing mode
Economy printing mode (Toner saving mode)
Print speed
Normal
Up to 28 pages/minute (A4 size paper)
Up to 30 pages/minute (Letter-size paper)
Warm-up
First print
Less than 18 seconds at 23
°
C (73.4
°
F)
Less than 8.5 seconds when the printer is in the ready state.
(when loading A4 or Letter-size paper from the standard paper tray)
Consumables
<Toner
Life expectancy:
Standard
High yield
3,500 pages / cartridge
7,000 pages / cartridge
* when printing A4 or Letter-size paper at 5% print coverage.
Shelf life: 2 years (6 months after opening)
<Drum unit>
Life expectancy: 25,000 pages/ drum unit (1 page/ job)
* when printing A4 or Letter-size paper at 5% print coverage.
Shelf life: 2 years
The shelf life is guaranteed under the normal condition as below;
(Temperature)
Normal condition: 0 to 40
°
C
*Storage condition at the temperature of 40 to 50
°
C: Up to 5 days
*Storage condition at the temperature of –20 to 0
°
C: Up to 5 days
(Humidity)
Normal condition: 35 to 85%
*Storage condition at the humidity of 85 to 95%: Up to 5 days
*Storage condition at the humidity of 10 to 35%: Up to 5 days
NOTE:
Print speed varies depending on the paper size or media type. For details, refer to 3.8 ‘Print
Speeds with Various Settings’ in this Chapter .
1-7
Confidential
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL
3.2 Functions
<Controller>
Processor
266MHz
Memory
3
TM
), HP LaserJet (PCL6), Epson FX-850 and
IBM Proprinter XL
<Standard>
16 MB (HL-5240) 32MB (HL-5250DN/5270DN/5280DW)
<Option>
DIMM
(HL-5240)
The HL-5240 printer has 16 MB of standard memory and one slot for optional memory expansion. You can expand the memory up to 528
MB by installing dual in-line memory modules (DIMMs).
(HL-5250DN/5270DN/5280DW)
The HL-5250DN/5270DN/5280DW printer has 32 MB of standard memory and one slot for optional memory expansion. You can expand the memory up to 544 MB by installing dual in-line memory modules (DIMMs).
“DIMM types”
You can install the following DIMMs:
• 128 MB Buffalo Technology VN133-D128/ VN133-X128
•
256MB Buffalo Technology VN133-D256
• 512MB Buffalo Technology VN133-D512
•
64 MB TechWorks 12165-0004
•
128 MB TechWorks 12462-0001
• 256MB TechWorks 12485-0001
•
512MB TechWorks 12475-0001
In general, the DIMM must have the following specifications:
Type: 144 pin and 64 bit output
CAS latency: 2
Clock frequency: 100 MHz or more
Capacity: 64, 128, 256 or 512 MB
Height: 31.75 mm (1.25 in.)
Dram Type: SDRAM 2 Bank
SDRAM can be used.
NOTE:
There might be some DIMMs that will not work with the printer.
Interface
Standard:
Hi-Speed USB 2.0
IEEE 1284 Parallel
Hi-Speed USB 2.0
IEEE 1284 Parallel
10/100 BASE-TX
Hi-Speed USB 2.0
IEEE 1284 Parallel
10/100 BASE-TX
Wireless LAN
IEEE802.11 b/g
Option:
HL-5240 HL-5250DN/5270DN
10/100 BASE-TX
Ethernet (NC-2100p)
HL-5280DW
N/A N/A
1-8
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
Resident Fonts
(HL-5240/5250DN)
66 scalable fonts, 12 bitmap fonts, 11 bar codes;
Code39, Interleaved 2 of 5, EAN-8, EAN-13, UPC-A, EAN-128,
Codabar, FIM (US-PostNet), ISBN, Code128
(HL-5270DN/5280DW)
<PCL>
66 scalable fonts, 12 bitmap fonts, 11 bar codes;
Code39, Interleaved 2 of 5, EAN-8, EAN-13, UPC-A, EAN-128,
Codabar, FIM (US-PostNet), ISBN, Code128
<PostScript
66 fonts
3
TM
>
Option Font
(HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW)
BT-1000 (Agfa Barcode Font)
<Software>
Printer driver
<Windows
>
• PCL Driver for Windows
95/98/Me, Windows NT
4.0,
Windows
2000 and Windows
XP Home Edition/XP
Professional/XP Professional x64 Edition *
* Download the printer driver for Windows
XP Professional x64
Edition from http://solutions.brother.com
• Generic PCL Driver for Windows NT
4.0, Windows
2000 and
Windows
XP Home Edition/XP Professional/XP Professional x64 Edition
• BR-Script 3 (PPD file) for Windows
95/98/Me, Windows NT
4.0
<Macintosh
>
• Brother Laser Driver for Mac OS
10.2.4 or greater
9.1 to 9.2 and Mac OS
X
• BR-Script 3 (PPD file) for Mac OS
10.2.4 or greater
9.1 to 9.2 and Mac OS
X
<Linux*>
• LPR Driver for Linux
• CUPS driver for Linux
* Download the printer driver for Linux from http://solutions.brother.com
1-9
Confidential
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL
Utilities
(HL-5240)
Interactive Help*
(HL-5250DN/5270DN/5280DW)
Interactive Help*, Driver Deployment Wizard**
* Interactive Help: Instructional animations for problem solving.
** The Driver Deployment Wizard automates the installation of a printer in a peer-to-peer network.
System Requirements
Computer Platform & Operating
System Version
Windows
Apple
Macintosh
*3
Processor Speed
95
NT
*1
, 98, 98SE
Workstation 4.0
XP Home Edition
*1
486/66 MHz
Intel
Pentium
75 MHz
2000 Professional Intel
Pentium
133 MHz
Me Intel
Pentium
150 MHz
Intel
Pentium
300 MHz
XP Professional
XP Professional x64
Edition
*2
OS
9.1-9.2
Mac OS greater
X10.2.4 or
AMD Opteron
AMD Athlon
Intel
Xeon
EM64T
TM
TM
TM
64
with Intel
Intel
X Pentium
EM64T
with 4 Intel
All base models meet minimum requirements
Minimum
RAM
Recom- mended
RAM
Available
Hard
Disk
Space
8 MB
16 MB
64 MB
32 MB
16 MB
32 MB
40 MB
50 MB
128 MB 50 MB
64 MB 50 MB
128 MB 128 MB 50 MB
256 MB 256 MB 50 MB
32 MB 64 MB 50 MB
128 MB 160 MB 50 MB
*1 USB is not supported under Windows
95 or Windows NT
4.0.
*2 Download the printer driver for Windows
http://solutions.brother.com
XP Professional x64 Edition from
*3 Power Macintosh with an Apple original pre-installed USB port.
1-10
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
3.3 Electronics and Mechanics
Power source
U.S.A. and Canada: AC 110 to 120V, 50 Hz/60 Hz
Europe and Australia: AC 220 to 240V, 50 Hz/60 Hz
Power consumption
Printing:
Standing by:
Sleep:
Average 610 W at 25
°
C (77
°
F)
Average 620 W at 25
°
C (77
°
F) (HL-5280DW)
Average 80 W at 25 ° C (77 ° F)
Average 8 W (HL-5240)
Average 9 W (HL-5250DN/5270DN)
Average 12 W (HL-5280DW)
Noise level
<Sound
Printing: 53dB (A)
Standing by: 27dB (A)
<Sound power>
Printing: LWAd=6.4 Bell (A)
Standing by: 4.0 Bell (A)
Temperature
Humidity
Operating: 10 to 32.5
°
C (50 to 90.5
°
F)
Non operating: 0 to 40 ° C (38 to 104 ° F)
Storage: -20 to 40
°
C (-4 to 104
°
F)
Operating:
Storage:
20 to 80% (non condensing)
10 to 85% (non condensing)
Dimensions
(HL-5240/5250DN) <W x D x H>
371 x 384 x 246 mm (14.6 x 15.1 x 9.7 inches)
(HL-5270DN/5280DW) <W x D x H>
393 x 384 x 259 mm (15.5 x 15.1 x 10.2 inches)
Weight
(HL-5240)
Approximately 8.3 kg (18.3 lb.), not including the drum unit and toner cartridge.
Approximately 9.5 kg (20.9 lb.) including the drum unit and toner cartridge.
(HL-5250DN)
Approximately 8.6 kg (19.0 lb.), not including the drum unit and toner cartridge.
Approximately 9.8 kg (21.6 lb.) including the drum unit and toner cartridge.
(HL-5270DN/5280DW)
Approximately 8.8 kg (19.4 lb.), not including the drum unit and toner cartridge.
Approximately 10.0 kg (22.0 lb.) including the drum unit and toner cartridge
NOTE:
The power consumption figure quoted for sleep mode is when the fan has stopped.
1-11
Confidential
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL
These are key service information to maintain the product.
Machine life: 200,000 pages/ 5 years
MTBF (Meantime between failure): Up to 4000 hours
MTTR (Meantime to repair): Average 30 minutes
Monthly volume: 20,000 pages
Periodical replacement parts:
Fuser Unit
Separator pad holder assembly
Pick up roller assembly
100,000 pages
100,000 pages
100,000 pages
Laser Unit 100,000 pages
* As for periodical replacement parts, refer to Chapter 3 .
<Print server>
• NC-6400h (HL-5250DN/5270DN/5280DW)
Operating system support
Windows
95/98/Me, Windows NT
4.0, Windows
Edition/XP Professional/XP Professional x64 Edition,
2000/XP Home
Mac OS
9.1 to 9.2, Mac OS
X 10.2.4 or greater
Protocol support
TCP/IP: IPv4 APR, RARP, BOOTP, DHCP, APIPA (Auto IP),
WINS, NetBIOS name resolution, DNS Resolver, mDNS. LPR/LPD, Custom Raw Port/Port9100, SMB
Print, IPP, FTP Server, Telnet, SNMP, HTTP, TFTP,
SMTP Client
TCP/IP: IPv6 NDP, DNS Resolver, mDNS, LPR/LPD, Custom Raw
Port/Port9100, IPP, FTP Server, Telnet, SNMP,
HTTP, TFTP, SMTP Client
Network type 10/100BASE-TX Ethernet network
Network printing
Windows
95/98/Me Peer-to-Peer printing, Windows NT
4.0 and
Windows
2000/XP Home Edition/XP Professional/XP Professional x64 Edition TCP/IP printing, Macintosh
printing
Management utilities
BRAdmin
Professional utility
Windows
95/98/Me, Windows NT
Professional x64 Edition
4.0, Windows
2000/XP Home Edition/XP Professional/XP
BRAdmin Light
Mac OS
X 10.2.4 or greater
Web BRAdmin Windows
2000 Professional / Server / Advanced
Server, Windows
Professional
XP Home Edition/XP
Professional/XP Professional x64 Edition
NOTE:
NC-6400h is a network controller of the printer built-in type.
•
NC-2100p (HL-5240) (Option)
An optional network print server (NC-2100p) allows you to connect to your network through the parallel interface.
Network interface
Printer interface
Support protocol
Management features
10/100BASE-TX Ethernet
Parallel
TCP/IP, NetBEUI
Embedded web server support
SNMP / MIB support
TELNET remote console
BRAdmin Professional compatible
Flash memory for easy updating of firmware
1-12
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
<Ethernet wireless network>
Network node type NC-7200w
Operating system support
Windows
Mac OS
98/Me, Windows NT
X 10.2.4 or greater
4.0, Windows
2000/XP
Protocol support
Network type
TCP/IP: IPv4
TCP/IP: IPv6
APR, RARP, BOOTP, DHCP, APIPA (Auto IP),
WINS, NetBIOS name resolution, DNS
Resolver, mDNS, LPR/LPD, Custom Raw
Port/Port9100, SMB Print, IPP, FTP Server,
Telnet, SNMP, HTTP, TFTP, SMTP Client
NDP, DNS Resolver, mDNS, LPR/LPD, Custom
Raw Port/Port9100, IPP, FTP Server, Telnet,
SNMP, HTTP, TFTP, SMTP Client
IEEE 802.11b/g wireless
RF channels
Communication mode
Data rates
USA/Canada 1-11
Europe/Oceania 1-13
Japan 1-14
Infrastructure, Ad-hoc 802.11
Link distance
Network security
Network printing
Computer requirements
(for drivers,
BRAdmin
Professional,
Peer-to-Peer software, etc.)
Macintosh connection
Management utilities
70 m (233 ft.) at lowest data rate (The distance rate will vary upon environment and other equipment location.)
SSID/ESSID, 128 (104) / 64 (40) bit WEP, WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES),
LEAP
Windows
95/98/Me Peer-to-Peer printing
Windows NT
4.0 and Windows
2000/XP TCP/IP printing
Macintosh
printing (Mac OS
10.2.4 or greater supporting TCP/IP)
Processor Minimum
Speed
Pentium
II or equivalent for Windows
98/Me,
Windows NT
4.0, Windows
2000/XP
Minimum RAM
Recommended
RAM
Computer
24MB for Windows
32MB for Windows
64MB for Windows
98/Me
2000
XP
32MB for Windows
64MB for Windows
128MB for Windows
98/98SE/Me
2000
XP
Wireless (AirPort) ready Power Macintosh
All base models meet minimum requirements Processor Minimum
Speed
Minimum RAM
Recommended
RAM
BRAdmin
Professional
BRAdmin Light
Web BRAdmin
*1
128MB for Mac OS
160MB for Mac OS
Windows
2000/XP
X 10.2.4 or greater
X 10.2.4 or greater
98/Me, Windows NT
Mac OS
X 10.2.4 or greater
4.0, Windows
Windows
2000 Professional / Server /
Advanced Server, Windows
XP Professional
*1: Web BRAdmin are available as a download from http://solutions.brother.com.
1-13
Confidential
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL
3.6 Paper
Paper Input*
Multi-purpose tray
Paper tray (Standard)
Lower tray (Option)
* Calculated with 80 g/m
2
(21 lb) paper.
Paper Output*
All models
50 sheets
250 sheets
250 sheets
All models
* Calculated with 80 g/m
2
(21 lb) paper.
HL-5240
Duplex
Manual Duplex
Automatic Duplex N/A
HL-5250DN/ 5270DN/ 5280DW
Yes
Yes
The printer loads paper from the installed paper tray or the multi-purpose tray. The feedable media type and size are different depending on the paper tray installed. The names for the paper trays in the printer driver and this guides are as follows;
Paper tray
Multi-purpose tray
Optional lower tray unit
Duplex tray for automatic duplex printing (for HL-
5250DN/5270DN/5280DW)
Tray 1
MP Tray
Tray 2/ Tray 3
DX
The table in the next page shows the feedable media of each paper tray described above.
1-14
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
Tray 1/2/3 MP Tray DX
Choose the media type from the printer driver
Plain paper
75 g/m g/m
2
2
to 105
(20 to 28 lbs.)
Recycled paper
Bond paper
Rough paper-
60 g/m g/m
2
2
to 161
(16 to 43 lbs.)
Thin paper
60 g/m g/m
2
2
to 75
(16 to 20 lbs.)
Thick paper
105 g/m
2 g/m
2
to 161
(28 to 43 lbs.)
Yes
60 g/m
2
to 105 g/m
2
(16 to 28 lbs.)
60 g/m g/m
2
Yes
2
to 161
(16 to 43 lbs.)
N/A
Bond paper
Thick Paper or
Thicker Paper
Transparency
Labels
Yes
Up to 10 sheets
A4 or Letter **
Yes
Up to 10 sheets
A4 or Letter
N/A
Transparencies
N/A Yes
A4 or Letter
N/A
Thicker Paper
Envelopes
* Up to 10 sheets
** Not available for the optional Tray 2/3.
Env. Thin,
Env. Thick
MP Tray DX
Width:
69.9 to 215.9 mm
(2.75 to 8.5 in.)
Length:
116 to 406.4 mm
(4.57 to 16 in.)
A4, Letter, Legal*,
B5 (ISO),
Excutive, A5, A6,
B6 (ISO)
A4, Letter, Legal*,
B5 (ISO),
Excutive, A5,
B6 (ISO)
A4, Letter, Legal*
* Legal size paper is not available in some regions outside the USA and Canada.
1-15
Confidential
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL
Tray 1
60 to 105 g/m
(16 to 28 lb.)
2
MP Tray
60 to 161 g/m
2
(16 to 43 lb.)
DX
60 to 105 g/m
2
(16 to 28 lb.)
Tray 2/3
Lower tray unit
(Option) (LT-5300)
60 to 105 g/m
2
(16 to 28 lb.)
Plain paper
Recycled paper
Transparency
Europe USA
Xerox Premier 80 g/m
2
Xerox Business 80 g/m
2
M-real DATACOPY 80 g/m
2
Xerox 4200DP 20lb
Hammermill Laser Paper 24lb
Xerox Recycled Supreme
3M CG3300
N/A
3M CG 3300
Label
Avery laser label L7163 Avery laser label #5160
* This printer can use recycled paper that meets the DIN 19309 specification.
Moisture content
4% to 6% by weight
!
CAUTION:
When you are choosing print media, be sure to follow the information given below to prevent any paper jams, print quality problems or printer damage;
•
It is recommended to use long-grained paper for the best print quality. If short-grained paper is being used, it might be the cause of paper jams.
•
Use neutral paper. Do not use acid paper to avoid any damage to the drum unit.
•
Avoid using coated paper such as vinyl coated paper.
•
Avoid using preprinted or highly textured paper.
•
It is recommended to use labels or transparencies which are designed for use in laser printers.
•
Avoid feeding labels with the carrier sheet exposed, or the printer will be damaged.
•
Before loading paper with holes such as organizer sheets, be sure to fan the stack well.
•
Do not use organizer sheets that are stuck together. The glue that is used might caused damaged to the printer.
•
When printing on the back of pre-printed paper, if the paper is curled, be sure to straighten the paper as much as possible.
Different types of paper should not be loaded at the same time in the paper tray to avoid any paper jams or misfeeds.
1-16
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
When using PCL emulation, the edges of the paper that cannot be printed on are shown below.
Portrait
F
G
Physical page
Printable area
Logical page
E
G
E
G
D
B
B
D
F
Physical page length
Maximum logical page length
Distance from edge of physical page to edge of logical page
F
G
C
A
NOTE:
•
“Logical page” shows the printable area for a PCL driver.
•
“Printable area” shows mechanical printable area of the machine.
•
Therefore, the machine can only print within the shaded area when you use a PCL driver.
1-17
Confidential
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL
The table below shows the printable areas when printing on Portrait for each paper size.
Letter
Legal
Folio
Executive
A 4
A 5
A 6
B 5 (JIS)
B 5 (ISO)
B 6 (ISO)
COM10
MONARCH
C 5
DL
DL L
215.9 mm
8.5”
(2,550 dots)
215.9 mm
8.5”
(2,550 dots)
215.9 mm
8.5”
(2,550 dots)
184.15 mm
7.25”
(2,175 dots)
210.0 mm
8.27”
(2,480 dots)
148.5 mm
5.85”
(1,754 dots)
105.0 mm
4.13”
(1,240 dots)
182.0 mm
7.1”
(2,130 dots)
176.0 mm
6.93”
(2,078 dots)
125.0 mm
4.92”
(1,476 dots)
104.78 mm
4.125”
(1,237 dots)
98.43 mm
3.875”
(1,162 dots)
162.0 mm
6.38”
(1,913 dots)
110.0 mm
4.33”
(1,299 dots)
220.0 mm
8.66”
(2,598 dots)
250.0 mm
9.84”
(2,952 dots)
176.0 mm
6.93”
(2,078 dots)
241.3 mm
9.5”
(2,850 dots)
190.5 mm
7.5”
(2,250 dots)
229.0 mm
9.01”
(2,704 dots)
220.0 mm
8.66”
(2,598 dots)
110.0 mm
4.33”
(1.299 dots)
279.4 mm
11.0”
(3,300 dots)
355.6 mm
14.0”
(4,200 dots)
330.2mm
13.0”
(3,900 dots)
266.7 mm
10.5”
(3,150 dots)
297.0 mm
11.69”
(3,507 dots)
210.0 mm
8.27”
(2,480 dots)
148.5 mm
5.85”
(1,754 dots)
257.0 mm
10.11”
(3,033 dots)
164.0 mm
6.46”
(1,936 dots)
164.0 mm
4.44”
(1,334 dots)
92.11 mm
3.63”
(1,087 dots)
85.7 mm
3.37”
(1,012 dots)
150.0 mm
5.9”
(1,771 dots)
98.0 mm
3.86”
(1,157 dots)
207.4 mm
8.17”
(2,450 dots)
203.2 mm
8.0”
(2,400 dots)
203.2 mm
8.0”
(2,400 dots)
203.2 mm
8.0”
(2,400 dots)
175.7 mm
6.92”
(2,025 dots)
198.0 mm
7.79”
(2,338 dots)
136.5 mm
5.37”
(1,612 dots)
93.0 mm
3.66”
(1,098 dots)
170.0 mm
6.69”
(2,007 dots)
250.0 mm
9.84”
(2,952 dots)
176.0 mm
6.93”
(2.078 dots)
241.3 mm
9.5”
(2,850 dots)
190.5 mm
7.5”
(2,250 dots)
229.0 mm
9.01”
(2,704 dots)
220.0 mm
8.66”
(2,598 dots)
110.0 mm
4.33”
(1.299 dots)
279.4 mm
11.0”
(3,300 dots)
355.6 mm
14.0”
(4,200 dots)
330.2mm
13.0”
(3,900 dots)
266.7 mm
10.5”
(3,150 dots)
297.0 mm
11.69”
(3,507 dots)
210.0 mm
8.27”
(2,480 dots)
148.5 mm
5.85”
(1,754 dots)
257.0 mm
10.11”
(3,033 dots)
6.35 mm
0.25”
(75 dots)
Ç
Ç
6.35 mm
0.25”
(75 dots)
6.01 mm
0.24”
(71 dots)
Ç
Ç
Ç
Ç
Ç
6.35 mm
0.25”
(75 dots)
Ç
6.01 mm
0.24”
(71 dots)
Ç
6.27 mm
0.25”
(74 dots)
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
6.27 mm
0.25”
(74 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
NOTE:
•
The paper sizes indicated here should confirm to the nominal dimensions specified by JIS except B5 (ISO), B6 (ISO).
•
The dot size is based on 300 dpi resolution.
1-18
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
Landscape
E
G
F
G
Physical page
Printable area
Logical page
E
G
D
B
B Physical page length
D Maximum logical page length
F Distance from edge of physical
page to edge of logical page
G
C
A
F
NOTE:
•
“Logical page” shows the printable area for a PCL driver.
•
“Printable area” shows mechanical printable area of the machine.
•
Therefore, the machine can only print within the shaded area when you use a PCL driver.
1-19
Confidential
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL
The table below shows the printable areas when printing on Landscape for each paper size.
Letter
Legal
Folio
Executive
A 4
A 5
A 6
B 5 (JIS)
B 5 (ISO)
B 6 (ISO)
COM10
MONARCH
C 5
DL
DL L
279.4 mm
11.0”
(3,300 dots)
355.6 mm
14.0”
(4,200 dots)
330.2mm
13.0”
(3,900 dots)
266.7 mm
10.5”
(3,150 dots)
297.0 mm
11.69”
(3,507 dots)
210.0 mm
8.27”
(2,480 dots)
148.5 mm
5.85”
(1,754 dots)
257.0 mm
10.11”
(3,033 dots)
250.0 mm
9.84”
(2,952 dots)
176.0 mm
6.93”
(2,078 dots)
241.3 mm
9.5”
(2,850 dots)
190.5 mm
7.5”
(2,250 dots)
229 mm
9.01”
(2,704 dots)
220 mm
8.66”
(2,598 dots)
110 mm
4.33”
(1,299 dots)
176.0 mm
6.93”
(2,078 dots)
125.0 mm
4.92”
(1,476 dots)
104.78 mm
4.125”
(1,237 dots)
98.43 mm
3.875”
(1,162 dots)
162 mm
6.38”
(1,913 dots)
110 mm
4.33”
(1,299 dots)
220 mm
8.66”
(2,598 dots)
215.9 mm
8.5”
(2,550 dots)
215.9 mm
8.5”
(2,550 dots)
215.9 mm
8.5”
(2,550 dots)
184.15 mm
7.25”
(2,175 dots)
210.0 mm
8.27”
(2,480 dots)
148.5 mm
5.85”
(1,754 dots)
105.0 mm
4.13”
(1,240 dots)
182.0 mm
7.1”
(2,130 dots)
240.0 mm
9.44”
(2,834 dots)
166.4 mm
6.55”
(1,960 dots)
231.1 mm
9.1”
(2,730 dots)
180.4 mm
7.1”
(2,130 dots)
219.0 mm
8.62”
(2,586 dots)
210.0 mm
8.26”
(2,480 dots)
97.5 mm
3.84”
(1,151 dots)
269.3 mm
10.6”
(3,180 dots)
345.5 mm
13.6”
(4,080 dots)
320.0mm
12.6”
(3,780 dots)
256.6 mm
10.1”
(3,030 dots)
287.0 mm
11.2”
(3,389 dots)
200.0mm
7.87”
(2,362 dots)
138.5 mm
5.45”
(1,636 dots)
247.0 mm
9.72”
(2,916 dots)
176.0 mm
6.93”
(2,078 dots)
125.0 mm
4.92”
(1,476 dots)
104.78 mm
4.125”
(1,237 dots)
98.43 mm
3.875”
(1,162 dots)
162 mm
6.38”
(1,913 dots)
110 mm
4.33”
(1,299 dots)
220 mm
8.66”
(2,598 dots)
215.9 mm
8.5”
(2,550 dots)
215.9 mm
8.5”
(2,550 dots)
215.9 mm
8.5”
(2,550 dots)
184.15 mm
7.25”
(2,175 dots)
210.0 mm
8.27”
(2,480 dots)
148.5 mm
5.85”
(1,754 dots)
105.0 mm
4.13”
(1,240 dots)
182.0 mm
7.1”
(2,130 dots)
5.0 mm
0.2”
(60 dots)
Ç
Ç
5.0 mm
0.2”
(60 dots)
4.8 mm
0.19”
(59 dots)
Ç
Ç
Ç
Ç
Ç
5.0 mm
0.2”
(60 dots)
Ç
4.8 mm
0.19”
(59 dots)
Ç
6.27 mm
0.25”
(74 dots)
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
0 mm
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
6.27 mm
0.25”
(74 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
4.2 mm
0.16”
(50 dots)
NOTE:
•
The paper sizes indicated here should confirm to the nominal dimensions specified by JIS except B5 (ISO), B6 (ISO).
•
The dot size is based on 300 dpi resolution.
You can not print within 4.2 mm (50dots in 300 dpi mode) on all four sides of the paper.
1-20
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
3.8 Print Speeds with Various Settings
Print speed is up to 28 ppm for A4 size and 30 ppm for Letter size when loading A4 or Letter size paper from the paper tray in the plain paper mode.
Actual print speed varies depending on the media type or paper size as shown in the tables below;
<A4 / Letter size>
Media type setting All models
Thin Paper
Plain Paper
Recycled Paper
Thick Paper,
Envelopes, Env.Thin
28/30 ppm
14 ppm
Thicker/Bond Paper,
Env.Thick
3 ppm
<Smaller size than A4 or Letter>
Media type setting
28/30 ppm
28/30 ppm
All models
Thin Paper
Plain Paper
Recycled Paper
28/30 ppm
90 sec 28/30 ppm Æ 14 ppm
90 sec 28/30 ppm
Æ
14 ppm
Thick Paper,
Envelopes
Thicker/Bond Paper,
Env.Thick
14 ppm
3 ppm
NOTE:
•
The print speed may vary according to conditions, such as paper size and paper tray.
•
When a smaller size paper than A4 or Letter is printed, the temperature on both edges of the fuser unit is much higher than the temperature on the center of the unit where the paper is fed depending on the setting or model. Therefore, the print speed is slowed in order to decrease the temperature on the edges after the specified time, it is maximum print speed when you first start printing.
•
The actual print speed varies depending on the paper size.
1-21
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
3.9 Toner Cartridge Weight Information
Toner Cartridge Weight (approximate weight)
High yield toner cartridge
(TN580 US, TN-3170 EUR/EEU
TN-3185 AP)
From the first production
From the serial number:
M5JD021965D~
Brand new Toner Cartridge Weight 727g (± 15g) 787g (± 15g)
190g 190g Toner Weight at Brand New Toner
Cartridge
Toner Cartridge Weight at Toner
Near Empty
Remain Toner Weight at Toner
Near Empty
Toner Cartridge Weight at Toner
Life End
617g (± 15g)
77g 77g
605g (± 15g)
677g (± 15g)
665g (± 15g)
Remain Toner Weight at Toner Life
End
Standard toner cartridge
(TN-550 US, TN-3130EUR/EEU
TN-3145 AP)
68g 68g
From the first production
From the serial number:
M5JV030390D~
Brand new Toner Cartridge Weight
Toner Weight at Brand New Toner
Cartridge
Toner Cartridge Weight at Toner
Near Empty
663g (± 15g) 723g (± 15g)
126g 126g
617g (± 15g) 677g (± 15g)
Remain Toner Weight at Toner
Near Empty
Toner Cartridge Weight at Toner
Life End
77g 77g
602g (± 15g) 662g (± 15g)
Remain Toner Weight at Toner Life
End
65g 65g
You can print about 630 pages with 10g toner. (A4 size, 5% coverage, continuous printing)
NOTE:
The figure has varied quite a bit, for example from 590 pages to 720 pages, on a comparison of printing test results.
NOTE:
•
Without yellow protector, DR cover.
•
Toner weight may vary within 2 to 3g.
•
From the serial number “M5JV030390D~” for the standard toner cartridge and
“M5JD021965D~” for the high yield toner cartridge, 60g is over in the total weight of a toner cartridge because of a different type of the Develop Roller.
1-23
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
4. SERIAL NO. DESCRIPTIONS
The descriptions below show how to understand the meanings of the numbers printed on the labels or bag of the printer and printer parts.
< ID for production month >
A: January
E: May
B: February
F: June
J: September K: October
C: March
G: July
D: April
H: August
L: November M: December
< ID for year >
5: 2005 6: 2006
< ID for factory >
9: Kariya Plant A: Mie Brother
J: Buji Nan Ling Factory E: BITM
F: BISZ
C: BIUK
D: BIUS
(1) Printer: Printed on the label attached on the rear of the main body
<Example>
<MODEL NO.>
< SERIAL NO. >
U 5 2 6 8 2 A 5 J 1 1 1 1 0 1
SEQUENTIAL NO.
FACTORY ID NO.
YEAR
MONTH
(2) Process unit: Imprinted on the aluminum bag
(Drum unit with toner cartridge)
5 A 1 1 J A
YEAR
MONTH
DATE
PRODUCTION LINE NO.
FACTORY ID NO.
(3) Drum unit: Printed on the bar code label attached inside the drum unit
A 5 J 5 1 0 0 1 0 4 A
PRODUCTION LINE NO.
MONTH SERIAL NO.
YEAR
FACTORY ID NO.
TONER VOLUME
DR/TN REUSE
The first time: M
The second time: N
The third time: P
1-23
Confidential
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL
(4) Toner cartridge: Imprinted on the aluminum bag
5 A 3 0 J A
YEAR
MONTH
DATE
PRODUCTION LINE NO.
FACTORY ID NO.
Printed on the bar code label attached on the toner cartridge
CARTRIDGE
PRODUCTION INFO.
M 5 J L 0 0 0 1 9 9 A
MONTH SERIAL NO.
PRODUCTION LINE NO.
YEAR
FACTORY ID NO.
TONER VOLUME
L: 80g
M: 100g
DR/TN REUSE
The first time: M
The second time: N
The third time: P
(5) Laser unit: On the laser unit
X X XXXXXXX
SERIAL NUMBER
MOLD NUMBER
MANUFACTURE DISTINCTION
1-24
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 2 THEORY OF OPERATION
1. OVERALL
1.1 General Block Diagram
Fig. 2-1 shows a general block diagram.
Control system
Extended RAM
SODIMM 144pin
RAM
16MB: HL-5240
32MB: HL-5250DN/
5270DN/
5280DW
USB host
(HL-5280DW)
Video control block
Ethernet
10/100 Base TX
(HL-5250DN/
5270DN/5280DW)
Interface block
USB
Parallel
Wireless LAN
(HL-5280DW)
Engine control block
Operation block
(Control panel)
Laser unit
Drive block
(DC motor)
Drum unit
Transfer block
Charging
block
Exposure drum
Developer unit
Developing block
Paper dust cleaner block
Toner cartridge
Image generation system
Fig. 2-1
Paper tray
Fuser unit
Paper eject tray
Paper feed system
2-1
Confidential
CHAPTER 2 THEORY OF OPERATION
2. ELECTRONICS
2.1 General Block Diagram
Main fan
Power supply fan
Sensor PCB
(PE+PEDGE)
MP sensor PCB
Tray1 solenoid
Regist solenoid
MP solenoid
Interlock switch
(Cover sensor)
Toner LED PCB
(Light emission)
Toner sensor PCB
(Light
reception)
High-voltage power supply
Regist front sensor
Regist rear sensor
Front relay
PCB
New toner sensor
Wireless LAN
(HL-5280DW)
Polygon motor
Laser diode PCB
Main PCB
Fig. 2-2
Low-voltage power supply
Rear relay
PCB
Paper eject sensor
Fuser thermistor
DX unit sensor PCB
DX solenoid
(HL-5250DN/5270DN)
LT PCB
LT PCB
LT Sensor PCB
(PE+PEDGE)
LT1
LT solenoid
LT Sensor PCB
(PE+PEDGE)
LT2
LT solenoid
Main motor
Panel PCB
2-2
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
2.2 Main PCB Block Diagram
Fig. 2-3 shows the block diagram of the main PCB.
MAX 512MB
SDRAM
HL-5240: 16MB
HL-5250DN/5270DN/
5280DW: 32MB
ASIC
CPU Core
(Sapphire 266MHz)
D16/A13
SPD
EEPROM
16kbit
Mask ROM
8MB
Internal: 16MB
Flash ROM
HL-5250DN: 2MB
HL-5270DN/5280DW: 4MB
D16/A24
INTn
RSTn
Network IC
(LAN9115)
HL-5250DN: TCP/IP
HL-5270DN: Full Protocol
Xtal
25.00MHz
LAN
D16/A24
CDCC GA
IEEE 1284
CLKINT
DATA
REQn
RSTn
USB2.0
2.0 High Speed
VBUS
D+/D-
Xtal(for Sysclk/USB)
48.00MHz
Xtal(for Video)
23.4617MHz
CN
(Laser Diode PCB)
8 pin
CN (Laser Unit)
14 pin
CN (MAIN MOTOR)
19 pin
Motor
Driver IC
SCAN_CTR/
MAIN_CTR/
MAIN_FR
+3.3V
+5V
+3.3V
Reset IC
Regulator
5V 3.3V
Regulator
3.3V 1.5V
Fig. 2-3
INTn
RSTn
USB HOST
ISP 1362
HL-5280DW
Wireless
LAN
Xtal
12.00MHz
5 LED/2 SW (HL-5240/5250DN)
LCD16x1 1LED 7SW (HL-5270DN/5280DW)
DX solenoid
CN (PANEL)
10 pin
CN (DXSOL)
2 pin
CN (TNRSEN)
2 pin
HTLIMITN
AI1:2
AI3:7
3 solenoid (T1/REG/MP)
3 sensor (Front_Cover/Toner sensor/Process NEW)
CN (RELAY FRONT)
9 pin
Comparator
Therm1/2
2 sensor (PaperOut/DX tray)
5 Analog_in (HVPS)
GRIDC
5 PWM_out (HVPS)
2 FAN (MAIN/HVPS)
5 sensor (reg_f/reg_r/pedg/T1PE/MPPE)
Toner LED
HeaterON
+24V
+8V +3.3V
+24VRET
0V
4 sensor (pedgex2/PEx2)
2 solenoid
CN (RELAY REAR)
6 pin
CN (HVPS)
23 pin
CN (LVPS)
8 pin
CN (LT)
12 pin
2-3
Confidential
CHAPTER 2 THEORY OF OPERATION
For the entire circuit diagram of the main PCB.
2.3.1 CPU
A Sapphire – 266 MHz (Vr5500) is built into the CPU in the ASIC. It runs at a clock frequency of 266 MHz.
The functions of the interface block communication with external devices are described below;
2.3.2 USB interface (2.0 High Speed)
Stores the data received from the PC into DRAM as controlled by the DMA controller. The transmission speed is 12Mbps.
Stores the data received from the PC into DRAM by DMA using the Gate Array
(UPD65421MC-11) exclusive for parallel I/F. It is for the normal reception and dual direction communication (nibble mode, byte mode, ECP mode).
It uses the National Semiconductor brand 10 Base-T/100 Base-TX network controller
(LAN9115). The pulse transformer and the Link/Active LED are built in the RJ-45 connector.
2.3.5 ROM
< ROM 0 >
64 Mbit ROM (8 MB) is fitted.
The main program is written into the ROM.
< ROM 1: Demo Specification For US, Canada>
16 Mbit ROM (2 MB) is fitted. (HL-5240)
32 Mbit ROM (4 MB) is fitted. (HL-5250DN)
< ROM 1: Standard Specification >
16 Mbit ROM (2 MB) is fitted. (HL-5250DN)
32 Mbit ROM (4 MB) is fitted. (HL-5270DN/5280DW)
2.3.6 SDRAM
16 MB SDRAM (128 Mbits x 1) is used as the RAM. (HL-5240)
32 MB SDRAM (256 Mbits x 1) is used as the RAM. (HL-5250DN/5270DN/5280DW)
1 DIMM (144pin) slot can be fitted as optional expansion RAM. The main PCB has one slot and the capacity of DIMM can be from 64MB to 512MB.
2.3.8 EEPROM
The EEPROM is M24C16 type of two-wire method with a 16kbit configuration.
2-4
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
The reset IC is a S-80928CLNB. The reset voltage is 2.8V (typ.) and the low period of reset is
260ms (typ.).
2.3.10 Panel I/O
The interface with the panel board is connected to ASIC.
2.3.11 Video I/O
The video signal is directly output from ASIC to laser unit.
2.3.12 Power supply
+3.3V is supplied from LVPS. +3.3V is used by logic circuit.
In addition, +3.3V is generated by the voltage regulator from +8V supplied from the LVPS.
+1.5V is used for the CPU within the ASIC and the logic circuit.
24V is used for the motors and solenoids and fan.
2.3.13 Wireless LAN
The wireless LAN is conformable to 802.11 b/g. It is also conformable to WEP, WPA-PSK,
LEAP and Secure Easy Setup.
2-5
Confidential
CHAPTER 2 THEORY OF OPERATION
2.4.1 Low-voltage power supply
The power supply uses a switching regulation system to generate the regulated DC power
(+5V and +24V), which are converted from the AC line.
The regulated output and the production code of each power supply are listed below;
Regulated Output
+3.3V / 1.5A
+24V / 2.4A, +8V / 0.8A
Production Code
100V: SRP1828UC
200V: SRP1829EK
2.4.2 High-voltage power supply
The high-voltage power supply generates and outputs the voltages and currents for the charging, development and transfer functions.
2-6
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
3. MECHANICS
3.1 Overview of Printing Mechanism
Eject roller ASSY
Fuser unit
Back cover
Outer chute ASSY
Halogen heater
Heat roller
Pressure roller
Exposure drum
Duplex unit
Transfer roller
Paper tray
Paper tray (LT unit)
Fig. 2-4
2-7
Laser unit
Developer roller
Drum unit
Pinch roller
Separation roller MP
Feed roller
Regist roller
Regist actuator front
Feed roller TR
Pressure roller
Regist actuator rear
Separation roller
Feed roller
Feed roller TR
Pressure roller
Separation roller
Feed roller
LT unit
Confidential
CHAPTER 2 THEORY OF OPERATION
3.2 Overview Gears
Register solenoid
MP solenoid
T1 solenoid
LT
LT solenoid
Fig. 2-5
Eject solenoid
DX
Main motor
(Drive sub ASSY)
2-8
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
The feed roller picks up a few sheets or one sheet of paper from the paper tray every time it is rotated and feeds it to the separation roller.
Pinch roller
Regist roller
PE actuator
Feed roller TR
Pressure roller
Separation roller
Feed roller
Paper
Fig. 2-6
Plate
The main motor drive is transmitted to the gears, and the gears are engaged. Then, the paper is gripped between the separation roller and separation pad and separated into individual sheets.
The paper drawn out of the paper tray pushes against the regist front actuator, and the paper top position or absence of paper is detected by the actuator movement. The tail edge actuator detects the end of the paper fed.
2-9
Confidential
CHAPTER 2 THEORY OF OPERATION
The plate ASSY in the paper tray is pushed up with the motor drive and not with the spring in order to maintain the constant paper feeding performance regardless the number of sheet remained in the tray.
When the paper tray (Tray1 cassette) is installed into the printer, the lift gear 46 is rotated, and the motor drive is transmitted to the plate ASSY so that it is pushed up.
P/P gear 29 clutch cam
P/P clutch hook A2
P/P clutch hook B
P/P differential
P/P clutch hook A1
P/P gear 22/B23 tray drive
Gear 15
Plate ASSY
Plate up plate
Lift gear 46
Gear 21-16
Fig. 2-7
When the feed roller is pushed up, the hook is released by the lift arm, and the rotation of the clutch gear is stopped. Then, the pressure plate is stopped to push up.
Stop
Fig. 2-8
When a paper jam occurs, the nips between the pressure roller and feed roller TR and between the pinch roller and regist roller are released, which allows you to remove the jammed recording paper easily.
2-10
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
After the paper top position is detected by the regist actuator front, the paper, separated into individual sheets by the separation roller, is fed further for a specified time, and the paper top position reaches the regist roller so that the paper skew is adjusted. Then, the register solenoid is turned off, the paper feed roller starts turning, and the paper is fed to the transfer roller in the drum/toner ASSY.
Drum/toner ASSY
Exposure drum
Transfer roller
Regist actuator rear Regist actuator front
Regist roller
Fig. 2-9
The regist actuator rear in the path from the regist roller to the transfer roller controls the first print position on the paper. The printer starts transferring an image when a definite time passes after the paper is passed through the regist actuator rear.
Exposure drum
Generates the latent electrostatic image and develops the image on the drum surface.
Primary charger
Forms a uniform charge on the drum surface.
Generates the ion charge on the drum.
(2) Grid
Spreads the ion charge evenly over the drum surface.
Transfer roller
Transfers the toner image to the paper from the drum surface.
Cleaner
Removes the paper dust or dirt on the surface of the exposure drum.
2-11
Confidential
CHAPTER 2 THEORY OF OPERATION
3.3.4 Developing
Developing causes the toner to be attracted to the electrostatic image on the drum so as to transform it into a visible image.
The developer consists of a non-magnetic toner. The developer roller is made of conductive rubber and the supply roller (which is also made of conductive sponge) rotate against each other. The toner is charged and carried from the supply roller to the developer roller. The toner adheres to the developer roller and is conveyed to the exposure drum at an even thickness controlled by the blade. The toner is nipped between the developer roller and the drum and developed onto the latent image on the drum. The electrostatic field between the drum and the developer roller, which is DC-biased from the high-voltage power supply, creates the electrostatic potential to attract toner particles from the developer roller to the latent image area on the drum surface.
Supply roller
Corona wire
Developer roller
Blade
Exposure drum
Transfer roller
Fig. 2-10
2-12
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
The image transferred to the paper by static electricity is fixed by heat and pressure when passing through the heat roller and the pressure roller in the fuser unit. The thermistor keeps the surface temperature of the heat roller constant by detecting the surface temperature of the heat roller and turning on or off the halogen heater lamp.
Fuser unit
Heat roller
Halogen heater
Pressure roller
Fig. 2-11
2-13
Confidential
CHAPTER 2 THEORY OF OPERATION
After the printing image on the exposure drum is transferred onto the paper, the paper is fed to the fuser unit to fix unfixed toner onto the paper by the heat roller and the pressure roller in the fuser unit.
Afterwards, the paper is ejected from the fuser unit. The paper eject actuator detects whether the paper is ejected correctly or not.
After the paper exits from the heat roller, the paper is turned by the back cover and ejected face down into the top output tray through the eject roller ASSY.
Eject roller ASSY
Back cover
Heat roller
Paper eject actuator
Pressure roller
Fig. 2-12
When a paper jam occurs, the roller in the eject roller ASSY is released to remove the jammed recording paper easily.
2-14
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
3.3.7 Duplex printing (HL-5250DN/5270DN/5280DW)
After the paper exits from the eject roller ASSY with the front of sheet printed, the eject roller
ASSY rotates conversely and feeds the paper to the duplex tray, where the paper skew is adjusted.
Afterwards, the paper is ejected from the duplex tray to the path through the regist roller and the transfer roller to the transfer block in the drum unit again for process of printing on the back of sheet.
Eject roller ASSY
Heat roller
Exposure drum
Back cover
Outer chute ASSY
Pinch roller
Pressure roller
Duplex unit
Transfer roller
Regist actuator rear
Fig. 2-13
Regist actuator front
Regist roller
2-15
Confidential
CHAPTER 2 THEORY OF OPERATION
3.3.8 Paper feeding from the MP tray
The separation roller is connected with the feed roller through the gear in the MP roller holder
ASSY. When the separation roller is driven, therefore, the feed roller is also driven. At this time, the recording paper is drawn out of the MP tray by rotation of the feed roller contacted with the recording paper. The drawn recording paper is separated into individual sheets by the separation roller.
Separation roller MP
Feed roller
MP tray cover ASSY
Separation pad ASSY MP
Fig. 2-14
The motor drive is transmitted to the gear to rotate the feed roller, then the recording paper is drawn out of the LT tray. The drawn recording paper is separated into individual sheet by the separation roller and fed to the printer.
Feed roller TR
Separation roller
Separation pad
Feed roller
Paper
Fig. 2-15
Plate
2-16
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
Develops the electrostatic latent image on the exposure drum with toner and forms the visible image.
3.4.1 Toner life end mode
A new toner cartridge can print approximately 3,500 (standard toner) or approximately 7,000
(high yield toner) A4 or Letter size single-sided pages at 5% coverage. In the case of low-duty printing, “Toner Life End” is indicated by lighting Toner LED (HL-5240/5250DN) or “TONER
LIFE END” message appears on the LCD panel (HL-5270DN/5280DW) before the toner runs out because the developer roller surface or other toner sealing is worn out due to a rotation of the rollers. The upper limit of the drum rotation is 46,200 = 4,200 sheets x 11 rotations
(standard toner), 92,400 = 8,400 sheets x 11 rotations (high yield toner).
The following graph shows the number of printable pages in the case of A4 printing.
20,000
18,000
16,000
14,000
12,000
10,000
8,000
6,000
4,000
2,000
0
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW(Standard (3.5K) toner)
Page/job
Cartridge life
Cartridge life+ON/OFF
Toner empty (5%)
Toner empty (4%)
Toner empty (3%)
Toner empty (2%)
Toner empty (1%)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
4,200 6,329 7,615 8,477 9,094 9,559 9,920 10,210 10,447 10,645 10,813 10,957
2,310 3,915 5,096 6,000 6,715 7,295 7,774 8,177 8,520 8,817 9,075 9,302
3,500 3,500 3,500 3,500 3,500 3,500 3,500 3,500 3,500 3,500 3,500 3,500
4,375 4,375 4,375 4,375 4,375 4,375 4,375 4,375 4,375 4,375 4,375 4,375
5,833 5,833 5,833 5,833 5,833 5,833 5,833 5,833 5,833 5,833 5,833 5,833
8,750 8,750 8,750 8,750 8,750 8,750 8,750 8,750 8,750 8,750 8,750 8,750
17,500 17,500 17,500 17,500 17,500 17,500 17,500 17,500 17,500 17,500 17,500 17,500
Cartridge life = 11a x 4200 / ( 3.6 x (a - 1) + 11 ) a : Page / job
Cartridge life+ON/OFF = ( 11a x 4200 ) / ( 3.6 x (a - 1) + 11 + 9 )
Cartridge life (Mechanical limit) : 4200 ( 1page / job )
Cartridge life
Cartridge life+ON/OFF
Toner empty (5%)
Toner empty (4%)
Toner empty (3%)
Toner empty (2%)
Toner empty (1%)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Page / Job
8 9 10 11 12
2-17
Confidential
CHAPTER 2 THEORY OF OPERATION
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW(High Capacity (7K) toner)
Page/job
Cartridge life
Cartridge life+ON/OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
8,400 12,658 15,231 16,954 18,189 19,117 19,840 20,420 20,894 21,290 21,626 21,913
4,620 7,831 10,191 12,000 13,430 14,589 15,548 16,354 17,041 17,634 18,150 18,604
Toner empty (5%)
Toner empty (4%)
Toner empty (3%)
Toner empty (2%)
Toner empty (1%)
7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000 7,000
8,750 8,750 8,750 8,750 8,750 8,750 8,750 8,750 8,750 8,750 8,750 8,750
11,667 11,667 11,667 11,667 11,667 11,667 11,667 11,667 11,667 11,667 11,667 11,667
17,500 17,500 17,500 17,500 17,500 17,500 17,500 17,500 17,500 17,500 17,500 17,500
35,000 35,000 35,000 35,000 35,000 35,000 35,000 35,000 35,000 35,000 35,000 35,000
Cartridge life = 11a x 8400 / ( 3.6 x (a - 1) + 11 ) a : Page / job
Cartridge life+ON/OFF = ( 11a x 8400 ) / ( 3.6 x (a - 1) + 11 + 9 )
Cartridge life (Mechanical limit) : 8400 ( 1page / job )
40,000
35,000
30,000
Cartridge life
Cartridge life+ON/OFF
Toner empty (5%)
Toner empty (4%)
Toner empty (3%)
Toner empty (2%)
Toner empty (1%)
25,000
20,000
15,000
10,000
5,000
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Page / Job
8 9
• Number of idling rotation when the printer is turned ON = 9 rotations
10
•
The number of rotation of the developer roller per page is as follows;
1. One printed page only or the first page of continuous printing = 11 rotations
2. The second page or later = 3.6 rotations
11 12
2-18
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
3.4.2 New toner detection mechanism
(1) The main motor will drive gear (4) through the interconnection of other gears.
(2) When gear (4) is rotated, rib A on that gear will push against the new toner actuator; the new toner sensor will detect the actuator motion, and the toner sensor detects that a new toner cartridge has been installed.
(3) The standard toner cartridge has Rib A and Rib B on gear (4).
When the toner actuator is pushed twice, the two signals that are generated by the new toner sensor, tell the machine that a standard toner cartridge has been installed.
(4) The high yield toner cartridge only has Rib A on gear (4).
When the toner actuator is pushed once, the signal that is generated by the new toner sensor, tell the machine that a high yield toner cartridge has been installed.
<Printer side view when a new toner cartridge is installed>
Relay front PCB ASSY
New toner actuator
Gear (4)
New toner sensor
Rib B
Rib A
Gear (3)
Gear (1)
Gear (2)
Fig. 2-16
2-19
Confidential
CHAPTER 2 THEORY OF OPERATION
When the new toner detection switch detects that the toner cartridge is replaced with a new one, the developing bias voltage is initialized at the same time.
The toner used for the printer has a property that print density is light first and gradually darker in the course of usage. The developing bias controls the toner property so that the print density is constant from first to last.
Toner property Actual control
[Density]
[Voltage]
Print density
[Density]
[Voltage]
Print density
Bias voltage
Bias voltage
[Used toner amount] [Used toner amount]
To obtain a print result of a constant density all the time, the printer counts the number of print pages immediately after the toner cartridge is replaced and changes the bias voltage according to the accumulated number of prints with the toner cartridge.
The bias voltage is changed with the steps described below:
(1) When the new toner sensor detects that the toner cartridge is replaced with a new (full) one, the developing bias is set to 400V (initialized).
(2) After that, the bias voltage is stepped down according to the number of prints.
3.4.3 Counter reset during indication of “Toner Life End”
The counter resetting method during indication of “Toner Life End” depends on the cause of toner life end and the condition of the inserted toner cartridge. Refer to the following table for details.
When a used toner is inserted (Reset gear is at the position of in use.)
Toner Life End
(Toner empty)
Toner exchange count: +0
Page counter of each toner: Continued
Coverage of each toner: Continued
Toner Life End
(Developer count full)
Not used.
When a new toner is inserted (Reset gear is at the position of factory set.)
Development bias: Reset (Default)
Toner exchange count: +1
Page counter of each toner: Reset (0)
Coverage of each toner: Reset (0)
Development bias: Reset (Default)
2-20
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
3.5.1 Charging
The drum is charged to approximately 900V by an ion charge which is generated by the primary charger. The charge is generated by ionization of the corona wire, which has a DC bias from the high-voltage power supply applied to it. The flow of the ion charge is controlled by the grid to ensure it is distributed evenly on the drum surface. The aluminum drum sleeve in the exposure drum is grounded.
Voltage circuit
+
+
+
-
-
-
+
+
--
-- - - - -
+ + + +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ +
+
Aluminum drum sleeve
Organic photoconductor layer
Grid
Exposure drum
HVPS
Corona wire
Fig. 2-17
The primary charge uses a corona wire, but since the drum is positively charged, only less than
1/10 of the usual quantity of ozone is generated compared with the negatively charged drum.
The level of ozone expelled from the printer is therefore not harmful to the human body.
Applicable safety standards have been complied with.
After the drum is positively charged, it is exposed to the light emitted from the laser unit.
Drum
Laser beam
Paper
Laser detector
Toric Lens
Laser beam f
θ
lens
Polygon mirror
Laser diode
Motor
CO Lens
Fig. 2-18
< Laser exposure unit >
1. The laser beam radiated from a laser diode inside the laser unit are concentrated into a constant width by a slit in the CO lens cell and then reflected by a polygon mirror rotating at high speed.
2. The laser beam reflected by the polygon mirror are refracted by the f-theta lens and radiated from the right through to the left end of the reflection mirror as the polygon mirror rotates. At this time, blur of the vertical direction of the laser beam by inclination of a polygon mirror is corrected by passing a Toric lens.
2-21
Confidential
CHAPTER 2 THEORY OF OPERATION
3. The laser beams reflected by the reflection mirror go straight toward the exposure drum below it, then expose the exposure drum.
The area exposed to the laser beam is the image to be printed. The surface potential of the exposed area is reduced, forming the electrostatic image to be printed.
Surface potential (V)
1 Cycle of drum
+900
1 2
(a)
3
+400
+100
(b)
1
2
3
Primary charging
Laser beam exposure and developing
(a) Unexposed area
(Non image area)
(b) Exposed area
(Image area)
Transfer the image to paper
Drum sleeve
0
Time
Fig. 2-19
3.5.3 Transfer
After the drum has been charged and exposed, and has received a developed image, the toner formed is transferred onto the paper by applying a negative charge to the back of the paper. The negative charge applied to the paper causes the positively charged toner to leave the drum, and adhere to the paper. As a result, the image is visible on the paper.
(2) Cleaning process of transfer roller
If the toner is not transferred onto the paper perfectly it is possible that there may be residual toner on the drum which will adhere to the transfer roller. The transfer roller voltage changes to a positive voltage during non-printing rotation of the drum. Therefore the transfer roller is cleaned by returning the positively charged toner adhering to the transfer roller onto the exposure drum.
2-22
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
3.6 Sensors
Sensor name
Regist front sensor
Regist rear sensor
Paper eject sensor
New toner sensor
Toner LED PCB
(Light emission)
Toner sensor PCB
(Light reception)
Front cover sensor
PE sensor
Edge sensor
MP PE sensor
DX tray sensor
Type
Photo sensor
Photo sensor
Photo sensor
Photo sensor
Photo sensor
Photo sensor
Mechanical switch
Photo sensor
Photo sensor
Photo sensor
Mechanical switch
Front cover sensor
Chute
Located on
High-voltage PS PCB
High-voltage PS PCB
Relay rear PCB
Relay front PCB
Frame R
Frame L
Frame L
PE EG sensor ASSY
PE EG sensor ASSY
MP PE sensor ASSY
Relay rear PCB
Frame R
Toner LED PCB
(Light emission)
Frame L
Paper eject sensor
(Relay rear PCB)
Regist frame
Paper feed frame
MP PE sensor
PE EG sensor
DX tray sensor
New toner sensor
(Relay front PCB)
Toner sensor PCB
(Light reception)
Regist rear sensor
High-voltage PS PCB
Fig. 2-20
Regist front sensor
PE sensor
Edge sensor
2-23
Confidential
CHAPTER 2 THEORY OF OPERATION
3.7 Heat Control of Fuser Unit
The printer controls the temperature in the fuser unit in order to keep the constant image quality when printing on any type or size of paper.
< Fixing temperature of each media type >
Media type
Fixing temperature (°C)
(approximately)
[Full speed / Half speed]
Plain paper
Plain paper (Small size)
Plain paper (Duplex)
Recycled paper
213/185
200/185
195/180
195/180
Recycled paper (Small size)
Recycled paper (Duplex)
189/170
189170
OHP 185
OHP (Small size)
OHP (Duplex)
185
185
Thin paper
Thin paper (Small size)
Thin paper (Duplex)
Thick paper
Thick paper (Small size)
Thick paper (Duplex)
195
195
181
200
195
195
Envelope (Thin)
Envelope (Thin, small size)
Envelope (Thin, duplex)
Envelope (Others)
Envelope (Others, small size)
Envelope (Others, duplex)
200
200
195
220
220
205
NOTE:
The values described in the table above are approximate and vary depending on the conditions such as the operation environment or the like.
2-24
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
To avoid creating secondary problems by mishandling, follow the warnings below during maintenance work.
WARNING
•
If your clothes are smeared with toner, wipe the toner with a dry cloth immediately and wash the clothes in cold water to avoid stains.
•
Be careful to inhale toner.
•
Always turn off the power switch and unplug the power cord from the power outlet before accessing any parts inside the printer.
•
Some parts inside the printer are extremely hot immediately after the printer is used.
•
When opening the front cover or back cover to access any parts inside the printer, never touch the shaded parts shown in the following figures.
1. CONSUMABLE PARTS
The consumable parts described in this section are parts which are subject to deterioration or damage and should be replaced at least once during the period of warranty of the product if any printing quality problem appears.
A new toner cartridge can print up to 3,500 (standard cartridge) or up to 7,000 (high yield cartridge) A4 or Letter size single-sided pages at about 5% coverage.
NOTE:
* The amount of toner used varies according to what is printed on the page and the print density setting.
* If the print density setting for lighter or darker printing is changed, the amount of toner used will change.
* Wait to unpack the toner cartridge until immediately before putting it into the printer.
* There are many factors that determine the actual toner life, such as temperature, humidity, type of paper used, the number of pages per print job, etc.
3-1
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
<Toner Low Message>
(HL-5240/5250DN)
The
Toner
LED alternates turning on for 2 seconds and off for 3 seconds.
Fig. 3-1
If the LED shows this message, the printer has nearly run out of toner. Buy a new toner cartridge and have it ready before you get a “Toner Life End” message.
NOTE:
The
Toner
LED will blink continuously if the toner cartridge is nearly empty.
(HL-5270DN/5280DW)
Appears at intervals.
TONER LOW
If the LCD shows “TONER LOW”, the printer has nearly run out of toner. Buy a new toner cartridge and have it ready before you get a “TONER LIFE END” message.
<Toner Life End Message>
(HL-5240/5250DN)
If the LED shows the message below, the printer has run out of toner or the toner is not evenly distributed inside the cartridge.
Fig. 3-2
(HL-5270DN/5280DW)
Appears at intervals.
TONER LIFE END
If the LCD shows “TONER LIFE END”, the printer has run out of toner or the toner is not evenly distributed inside the cartridge.
In both situations, the printer will stop printing until a new toner cartridge has been put into the printer. “TONER LIFE END” can only be cleared by putting a new toner cartridge into the drum unit.
3-2
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
<Replacement Procedure>
NOTE:
* To ensure high quality printing, make sure to use genuine Brother toner cartridges.
* It is recommended to clean the printer when replacing the toner cartridge.
(1) Press the front cover release button and then open the front cover.
Fig. 3-3
(2) Take out the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly.
Fig. 3-4
!
CAUTION:
* We recommend that you put the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly on a piece of disposable paper or cloth in case you accidentally spill or scatter toner.
* To prevent damage to the printer from static electricity, DO NOT touch the electrodes shown in the illustration.
3-3
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
(3) Push down the blue lock lever and take the toner cartridge out of the drum unit.
Fig. 3-5
!
CAUTION:
* Handle the toner cartridge carefully. If toner scatters on your hands or clothes, wipe or wash it off with cold water at once.
* To avoid any degradation of the print quality, DO NOT touch the shaded parts shown in the illustrations.
NOTE:
* Be sure to seal up the toner cartridge tightly in a bag so that toner powder does not spill out of the cartridge.
* Discard the used toner cartridge according to local regulations, keeping it separate from domestic waste. If you have questions, call your local waste disposal office.
(4) Unpack the new toner cartridge. Hold the cartridge level with both hands and gently rock it from side to side five or six times to spread the toner evenly inside the cartridge.
Fig. 3-6
3-4
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
!
CAUTION:
* Wait to unpack the toner cartridge until immediately before you put it in the printer. If toner cartridges are left unpacked for a long time the toner life will be shortened.
* If an unpacked drum unit is put in direct sunlight or room light, the unit may be damaged.
* Brother strongly recommends that you do not refill the toner cartridge provided with your printer. We also strongly recommend that you continue to use only genuine Brother brand replacement toner cartridges. Using or trying to use potentially incompatible toner and/or toner cartridges in your printer may cause damage to the printer itself and/or may result in unsatisfactory print quality. Our warranty coverage does not apply to any problem that was caused by the use of unauthorized third party toner and toner cartridges. To protect your investment and guarantee print quality, continue to replace consumed toner cartridges with only genuine Brother branded supplies.
* Printing with a third-party toner or third-party toner cartridge may reduce not only the print quality but also the quality and life of the printer itself. It may also cause serious damage to the performance and life of the drum unit. Warranty coverage does not apply to problems caused by the use of third-party toner or third-party toner cartridges.
* Put the toner cartridge in the drum unit immediately after you have removed the protective cover. To prevent any degradation to the print quality, DO NOT touch the shaded parts shown in the illustrations.
(5) Pull off the protective cover.
Fig. 3-7
(6) Put the new toner cartridge firmly into the drum unit until you hear it lock into place. If you put it in properly, the lock lever will lift automatically.
Fig. 3-8
3-5
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
!
CAUTION:
Make sure that you put in the toner cartridge properly or it may separate from the drum unit.
(7) Clean the primary corona wire inside the drum unit by gently sliding the blue tab from right to left and left to right several times.
Home position
Fig. 3-9
!
CAUTION:
Be sure to return the tab to the home position ( ▲ ). If you do not, printed pages may have a vertical stripe.
(8) Put the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly back in the printer. Close the front cover.
Fig. 3-10
3-6
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
A new drum unit can print approximately 25,000 A4 or Letter size single-sided pages at 5% coverage.
NOTE:
* There are many factors that determine the actual drum life, such as the temperature, humidity, type of paper, type of toner used, number of pages per print job and so on. Under ideal conditions, the average drum life is estimated at approximately 25,000 pages. The actual number of pages that your drum will print may be significantly less than this estimate.
Because we have no control over the many factors that determine the actual drum life, we cannot guarantee a minimum number of pages that will be printed by your drum.
* For the best performance, use only genuine Brother toner. The printer should be used only in a clean, dust-free environment with adequate ventilation.
* Printing with a third-party drum unit may reduce not only the print quality but also the quality and life of the printer itself. Warranty coverage does not apply to problems caused by the use of a third-party drum unit.
<Change Drum Message>
(HL-5240/5250DN)
If the LED shows the message below, it means the drum unit is near the end of its life.
We recommend that you replace the drum unit with a new one before there is a noticeable deterioration in the print quality.
Fig. 3-11
(HL-5270DN/5280DW)
Appears at intervals.
DRUM NEAR END
If the LCD shows “DRUM NEAR END”, it means the drum unit is near the end of its life. We recommend that you replace the drum unit with a new one before there is a noticeable deterioration in the print quality.
3-7
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
<Replacement Procedure>
!
CAUTION:
* While removing the drum unit, handle it carefully as it may contain toner.
* Every time you replace the drum unit, be sure to clean the inside of the printer.
When you replace the drum unit with a new one, you need to reset the drum counter by completing the following steps:
(HL-5240/5250DN)
(1) Make sure that the printer is turned on and the
Drum
LED is blinking. Press the front cover release button and then open the front cover.
(HL-5270DN/5280DW)
(1) Make sure that the LCD shows “DRUM NEAR END”. Press the front cover release button and then open the front cover.
Fig. 3-12
(HL-5240/5250DN)
(2) Press and hold down
Go
for about 4 seconds until all the LEDs light up. Once all four
LEDs are lit, release
Go
.
Fig. 3-13
3-8
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(HL-5270DN/5280DW)
(2) Hold down
Go
until the message “DRUM CLEAR” is displayed on the LCD, then release
Go
.
Fig. 3-14
Improper Setup:
Do not reset the drum counter when you only replace the toner cartridge.
(3) Take out the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly.
Fig. 3-15
!
CAUTION:
* We recommend that you put the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly on a piece of disposable paper or cloth in case you accidentally spill or scatter toner.
* To prevent damage to the printer from static electricity, DO NOT touch the electrodes shown in the illustration.
3-9
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
(4) Push down the blue lock lever and take the toner cartridge out of the drum unit.
Fig. 3-16
!
CAUTION:
* Handle the toner cartridge carefully. If toner scatters on your hands or clothes, wipe or wash it off with cold water at once.
* To avoid any degradation of the print quality, DO NOT touch the shaded parts shown in the illustrations.
NOTE:
* Be sure to seal up the toner cartridge tightly in a bag so that toner powder does not spill out of the cartridge.
* Discard the used toner cartridge according to local regulations, keeping it separate from domestic waste. If you have questions, call your local waste disposal office.
(5) Unpack the new drum unit.
!
CAUTION:
Wait to unpack a drum unit until immediately before you put it in the printer. Exposure to direct sunlight or room light may damage the drum unit.
3-10
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(6) Put the toner cartridge firmly into the new drum unit until you hear it lock into place. If you put the cartridge in properly, the blue locklever will lift automatically.
Fig. 3-17
!
CAUTION:
Make sure that you put in the toner cartridge properly, or it may separate from the drum unit.
(7) Put the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly back in the printer.
Fig. 3-18
(HL-5240/5250DN)
(8) Close the front cover.
Make sure that the
Drum
LED is now off.
(HL-5270DN/5280DW)
(8) Close the front cover. Make sure that the “DRUM NEAR END” message on the LCD in now off.
3-11
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODICAL REPLACEMENT PARTS
2.1 Periodical Replacement Parts
Periodical replacement parts are the parts to be replaced periodically to maintain product quality. These parts would affect the product quality greatly if they lost their function even if they do not appear to be damaged or there is no change in their appearance.
The periodical replacement parts listed below should be replaced at the service center referring to the service life.
Parts Name
LCD Message
(HL-5270DN
/5280DW)
Qty
Approximate Life *1
(number of prints)
Replacement
Procedure
Fuser Unit
Laser Unit
REPLACE FUSER
REPLACE LASER
Paper feeding kit for Tray 1 *3
Paper feeding kit for Tray 2 *3
Paper feeding kit for Tray 3 *3
Paper feeding kit for MP tray *2
REPLACE PF KIT1
REPLACE PF KIT2
REPLACE PF KIT3
REPLACE PF
KITMP
NOTE:
*1
At 5% print coverage (A4 or Letter size). The actual number of printed pages will vary depending on the print jobs and paper you use.
*2
Paper feeding kit MP means the MP roller holder ASSY and the separation pad ASSY MP.
*3
Paper feeding kit for Tray 1, Tray 2 and Tray 3 means the roller holder ASSY, the separation pad ASSY and the separation pad spring. Tray 1, Tray 2 and Tray 3 are the same kit.
NOTE:
* Always turn off the power switch of the printer and unplug the power cord from the power outlet before replacing the periodical replacement parts.
* If the Fuser Unit is replaced after errors related to the Fuser Unit occur, it is necessary to leave the printer power ON for ten minutes after part replacement. This will make the printer to be released from errors.
* To reset the count of each periodical replacement parts, refer to “2.IF YOU REPLACE THE
PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE PARTS”, Chapter 6 .
* After disconnecting flat cables, check that each cable is not damaged at its end or shortcircuited.
* When connecting flat cables, do not insert them at an angle. After insertion, check that the cables are not at an angle.
3-12
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
2.2 Procedures to Replace Periodical Replacement Parts
2.2.1 Fuser unit and laser unit
< Uninstalling Procedure >
(1) Disconnect the AC cord from the Printer.
<Back side>
Printer
AC cord
2
Fig. 3-19
(2) Press the front cover release button.
(3) Open the Front cover.
(4) Remove the Drum/toner ASSY.
Printer
3
<Front side>
Drum/toner ASSY
4
Front cover
Fig. 3-20
3-13
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
(5) Remove the DX feed ASSY or DX blank cover.
<Back side>
DX feed ASSY/ DX blank cover
Fig. 3-21
(6) Close the Front cover.
(7) Pull out the Paper tray.
(8) Remove the paper if it is remained in the Paper tray.
Front cover
6
<Front side>
7
Paper tray
Fig. 3-22
3-14
Confidential
(9) Open the Back cover.
(10) Remove the Arms of the Back cover from the Pins.
(11) Remove the Back cover.
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
Pin
<Back side>
10
9
11
Pin
Back cover
Fig. 3-23
(12) Hold the Knobs on the Outer chute ASSY and pull down this to your side.
(13) Remove the Arms of the Outer chute ASSY from the Pins.
(14) Remove the Outer chute ASSY.
Pin
<Back side>
13
Pin
12
12
14
3
Knob
Knob
Outer chute ASSY
Fig. 3-24
3-15
12
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
(15) Open the Front cover, remove the two bind B M4x12 Taptite screws, and then remove the
Side cover L by releasing the Hooks in the order of 15a to 15d.
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Hook
Side cover L
15d
<Front side>
15a
Front cover
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Hooks
15c
15b
Fig. 3-25
Hooks
(16) Remove the four cup S M3x6 SR Taptite screws to remove the Shield cover and the FG harness.
Taptite, cup S M3x6 SR
Taptite, cup S M3x6 SR
Shield cover
FG harness
Fig. 3-26
3-16
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(17) Remove the two bind B M4x12 Taptite screws, and then remove the Side cover R by following the direction from 17a to 17d.
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Hook
Shield cover R
17d
Hook
17a
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Hooks
17c
Hooks
Hooks
17b
<Front side>
Fig. 3-27
(18) Disconnect the Connector of the Panel PCB.
Top cover printed ASSY
Panel PCB
Connector
Main PCB
Fig. 3-28
3-17
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
(19) Remove the two bind B M4x12 Taptite screws from Top cover printed ASSY.
(20) Release all Hooks of the Top cover printed ASSY and lift up the front side of the Top cover printed ASSY.
(21) Remove the Top cover printed ASSY.
Hooks
Top cover printed ASSY
Hooks
Hooks
21
20
Hook
Hook
Hook
Fig. 3-29
Taptite, bind B M4x12
(22) Remove the bind B M4x16 Taptite screw. Release the Hooks in the order of 22a, 22b and
22c. Remove the FU harness cover 1.
22a
22b
22c
<Back side>
Taptite, bind B M4x16
FU harness cover 1
Hooks
Fig. 3-30
3-18
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(23) Remove the Heater terminal L and Heater terminal S from the Fuser unit while holding the
Fuser unit.
Heater terminal L
Fuser unit
Heater terminal S
Fig. 3-31
(24) Pull the FU harness cover 2 to the direction of 24a while pressing the Hook and pull out the FU harness cover 2 from the back of the printer.
24b
24a
FU harness cover 2
Hook
Fig. 3-32
3-19
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
(25) Disconnect the connectors of the Thermistor ASSY M and Thermistor ASSY S from the
Relay rear PCB ASSY, and remove the harnesses of these thermistors.
Thermistor ASSY M
Fuser unit
Thermistor ASSY S
Relay rear PCB ASSY
Fig. 3-33
(26) Remove the cup B M4x16 Taptite screw to remove the Fuser unit.
Taptite, cup B M4x16
Fig. 3-34
3-20
Fuser unit
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(27) Slide the Sub duct to the direction of 27b while pressing the three Hooks and remove the
Sub duct from the Air duct.
Air duct
Filter
27b
27a
Hooks
Sub duct
Fig. 3-35
(28) Remove the Filter from the Air duct.
NOTE:
The filter is dirt. Be careful when disassembling or assembling it.
Air duct
Filter
Fig. 3-36
3-21
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
(29) Remove the Pin of the Air duct from the frame. Slide the Air duct to the direction of 29b and remove the Air duct.
Pin
Laser unit
29a
Hook
29b
3
Hook
Air duct
Fig. 3-37
Pin
Pin
3-22
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(30) Remove the six cup S M3x6 Taptite screws.
(31) Remove the two Flat cable from the Main PCB.
NOTE:
After disconnecting flat cable(s), check that each cable is not damaged at its end or short-circuited.
(32) Remove the Protective film.
(33) Pull out the flat cable from the Core.
(34) Remove the Laser unit.
NOTE:
- Be careful not to lose the Protective film attached on the flat cable.
- Do not touch the Laser scanner window directly.
Polygon motor
(Flat cable)
Laser unit
LD harness
(Flat cable)
Taptite, cup S M3x6
Taptite, cup S M3x6
Core
Laser unit
LD harness
(Flat cable)
Main PCB
Polygon motor
(Flat cable)
Protective film
Fig. 3-38
3-23
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
< Installing Procedure >
(1) Secure the Laser unit with the six cup S M3x6 Taptite screws.
(2) Put the flat cable through the Core and Protective film.
(3) Install the flat cable. (Refer to
“4. HARNESS ROUTING” in Chapter 5 .)
NOTE:
When connecting flat cable(s), do not insert them at an angle. After insertion, check that the cables are not at an angle.
Laser unit
Taptite, cup S M3x6
Core
Protective film
Taptite, cup S M3x6
Fig. 3-39
(4) Install the Air duct into the Laser unit.
Laser unit
Hook
4b
4a
Hook
Air duct
Fig. 3-40
Pin
Pin
3-24
Confidential
(5) Install the Filter into the Air duct.
Filter
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
Air duct
Fig. 3-41
(6) Install the Sub duct into the Air duct.
Air duct
Filter
6b
6a
Hooks
Fig. 3-42
Sub duct
3-25
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
WARNING
•
DO NOT subject the fuser unit to strong physical shocks or vibrations.
•
DO NOT touch the rollers and the electrodes to prevent damage to the fuser unit In the following figures.
!
CAUTION:
To prevent the deformation of the pressure roller, the fuser unit spare part is shipped with its pressure roller at low nip pressure. Before installing the fuser unit, turn back the levers to the normal position by following instructions below.
( 1 ) Put the fuser unit on a flat, horizontal surface. Pull up each of the blue tab (a) on the right side and left side.
(a)
(b)
(2) Make sure that the black lever (b) is in the position in the illustration below.
(a)
(b)
3-26
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(7) Secure the Fuser unit with the bind B M4x16 Taptite screw.
Taptite, bind B M4x16
Fuser unit
Fig. 3-43
(8) Connect the connectors of the Thermistor ASSY M and Thermistor ASSY S onto the relay rear PCB ASSY.
Thermistor ASSY M
Fuser unit
Thermistor ASSY S
Relay rear PCB ASSY
Fig. 3-44
3-27
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
(9) Install the FU harness cover 2.
9b
9a
FU harness cover 2
Hook
Fig. 3-45
(10) Install the Heater terminal L and Heater terminal S.
Fuser unit
Heater terminal L
Fig. 3-46
Heater terminal S
3-28
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(11) Secure the FU harness cover 1 with the bind B M4x16 Taptite screw.
11b
11a
Taptite, bind B M4x16
FU harness cover 1
Hooks
Fig. 3-47
(12) Secure the Top cover printed ASSY with the two bind B M4x12 Taptite screws.
Hooks
Top cover printed ASSY
Hooks
Hooks
12a
12b
Hook
Hook
Hook
Fig. 3-48
Taptite, bind B M4x12
3-29
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
(13) Connect the Connector of the Panel PCB.
Top cover printed ASSY
Panel PCB
Connector
Main PCB
Fig. 3-49
(14) Catch the Hooks in the order of the arrows and secure the Side cover R with the two bind
B M4x12 Taptite screws.
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Hook
Side cover R
14a
Hook
14d
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Hooks
14b
Hooks
Hooks
14c
Fig. 3-50
3-30
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(15) Secure the Shield cover and FG harness with the four cup S M3x6 SR Taptite screws.
Taptite, cup S M3x6 SR
Shield cover
Taptite, cup S M3x6 SR
FG harness
Fig. 3-51
(16) Catch the Hooks in the order of the arrows and secure the Side cover L with the two bind
B M4x12 Taptite screws.
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Hook
Side cover L
16a
16d
Hooks
16b
16c
Fig. 3-52
Hooks
Front cover
Taptite, bind B M4x12
3-31
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
(17) Catch the Arm of the Outer chute ASSY onto the Pin of the machine body and install the
Outer chute ASSY.
Pin
17b
17c
17a
Outer chute ASSY
Pin
Fig. 3-53
(18) Catch the Arm of the Back cover onto the Pin of the machine body and install the Back cover.
Pin
18b
18c
18a
Pin
Back cover
Fig. 3-54
3-32
Confidential
(19) Install the DX feed ASSY or DX blank cover.
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
DX feed ASSY/ DX blank cover
Fig. 3-55
(20) Install the Drum/toner ASSY into the Printer.
(21) Close the Front cover.
Printer
21
Drum /toner ASSY
20
Front cover
Fig. 3-56
3-33
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
(22) Put the Paper tray into the Printer.
Paper tray
Fig. 3-57
(23) Connect the AC cord into the Printer.
Fig. 3-58
AC cord
Printer
3-34
Confidential
2.2.2 Paper feeding kit for tray 1, 2, 3
< Uninstalling Procedure >
(1) Disconnect the AC cord from the Printer.
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
<Back side>
Printer
AC cord
Fig. 3-59
(2) Press the front cover release button.
(3) Open the Front cover.
(4) Remove the Drum/toner ASSY.
2
Printer
3
<Front side>
Drum/toner ASSY
4
Front cover
Fig. 3-60
3-35
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
(5) Remove the DX feed ASSY or DX blank cover.
<Back side>
DX feed ASSY/ DX blank cover
Fig. 3-61
(6) Close the Front cover.
(7) Pull out the Paper tray.
(8) Remove the paper from the Paper tray.
Paper tray
Fig. 3-62
3-36
Front cover
6
<Front side>
7
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(9) Pull up the back side of the Separation pad ASSY.
(10) Push the Hooks provided on both sides of the Separation pad ASSY inwards.
(11) Pull up the Separation pad ASSY.
(12) Remove the Separation pad spring.
Separation pad ASSY
Hooks
10
Hook
Hook
10
11
Separation pad spring
9
Fig. 3-63
Paper tray
<Front side>
3-37
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
(13) Turn the Printer upside down.
NOTE:
•
Pull out and put into the paper tray so that the Roller holder ASSY is lowered.
•
If the Roller holder ASSY is remained up, it cannot be removed.
(14) Push the Lift arm to the direction of the arrow 14a and pull out the pin of the Roller holder
ASSY. Then, turn the Roller holder ASSY to the direction of the arrow 14b.
Lift arm
Pin
Roller holder ASSY
Paper feed frame
14b
14a
Fig. 3-64
(15) Slide the Roller holder ASSY to the direction of the arrow 15a. Then, lift up the gear side of the Roller holder ASSY to the direction of the arrow 15b and pull it out to the direction of the arrow 15c to remove.
Roller holder ASSY
15c
15b
15a
Paper feed frame
Fig. 3-65
3-38
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
< Installing Procedure >
(1) Install the Roller holder ASSY.
NOTE:
When assembling the roller holder ASSY, align the section “A” on the shaft of the roller holder ASSY with the hole on the paper feed frame.
Roller holder ASSY
“A”
1a
1b
1c
Paper feed frame
Fig. 3-66
(2) Assemble the Lift arm onto the Pin of the Roller holder ASSY.
(3) Place the Printer on its base.
Lift arm
Pin
Roller holder ASSY
Paper feed frame
2a
2b
Fig. 3-67
3-39
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
(4) Install the DX feed ASSY or DX blank cover.
DX feed ASSY/ DX blank cover
Fig. 3-68
(5) Install the Drum /toner ASSY, and close the Front cover.
Printer
Front cover
Fig. 3-69
5a
5b
Drum /toner ASSY
3-40
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(6) Set the Separation pad spring.
(7) Put the Hooks of the Separation pad ASSY into the Paper tray, and turn the Separation pad ASSY to the direction of the arrow 7c to catch the Hooks into the Paper tray.
NOTE:
Check that the Separation pad spring is assembled correctly.
Hooks
Separation pad ASSY
7b
Hook
7b
Hook
Separation pad spring
7a
7c
Paper tray
(8) Put the Paper tray into the Printer.
Fig. 3-70
Paper tray
Fig. 3-71
3-41
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
(9) Connect the AC cord into the Printer.
Fig. 3-72
AC cord
Printer
3-42
Confidential
2.2.3 Paper feeding kit for MP tray
< Uninstalling Procedure >
(1) Disconnect the AC cord from the Printer.
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
<Back side>
Printer
AC cord
Fig. 3-73
(2) Press the front cover release button.
(3) Open the Front cover.
(4) Remove the Drum/toner ASSY.
2
3
Printer
<Front side>
Drum/toner ASSY
4
Front cover
Fig. 3-74
3-43
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
(5) Open the MP feed frame cover.
MP feed frame cover
MP feed frame
Front cover
Fig. 3-75
(6) Remove the Holder bearing MP.
Holder bearing MP
Hook
Fig. 3-76
6c
6a
6b
MP feed frame
3-44
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(7) Lift up the Lift arm MP to release it from the Pin of the MP roller holder ASSY.
(8) Slide the MP roller holder ASSY to the direction of the arrow 8a and put it up to remove.
Pin
MP roller holder ASSY
Lift arm MP
7
8b
8a
MP feed frame
Fig. 3-77
(9) Turn the back side of the Separation pad ASSY MP to the direction of the arrow 9a and put it up to remove.
Separation pad ASSY MP
MP feed frame
9b
9a
MP frame
Fig. 3-78
3-45
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
< Installing Procedure >
(1) Put the Hook of the Separation pad ASSY MP into the MP feed frame and pull down the
Separation pad ASSY MP to the direction of the arrow 1b until it is locked.
Separation pad ASSY MP
MP feed frame
1a
1b
MP frame
Fig. 3-79
(2) Lift up the Lift arm MP and put the MP roller holder ASSY into the MP feed frame. Put the
Pin of the MP roller holder ASSY into the hole of the Lift arm MP.
Pin
MP roller holder ASSY
Lift arm MP
MP feed frame
Fig. 3-80
3-46
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(3) Put the Holder bearing MP into the MP feed frame and turn the Holder bearing MP to the direction of the arrow 3c to lock.
Holder bearing MP
Hook
3c
3b
3a
(4) Close the MP feed frame cover.
Fig. 3-81
MP feed frame cover
MP feed frame
MP feed frame
Fig. 3-82
3-47
Front cover
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
(5) Install the Drum/toner ASSY into the Printer.
(6) Close the Front cover.
Printer
Front cover
Fig. 3-83
(7) Connect the AC cord into the Printer.
6
Drum /toner ASSY
5
Fig. 3-84
AC cord
Printer
3-48
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
3. PERIODICAL CLEANING
Clean the outside and inside of the printer regularly with a dry soft cloth. When you replace the toner cartridge or the drum unit, make sure you clean the inside of the printer. If printed pages are stained with toner, clean the inside of the printer with a dry soft cloth.
!
CAUTION:
While drum/toner ASSY and scanner window cleaning can be implemented by the end user, the electrical terminals inside the printer and on the drum/toner ASSY should be cleaned by a service technician. Instruct the users not to touch those terminals.
WARNING
There are high voltage electrodes inside the printer. Before cleaning the printer, make sure that the power switch has been turned off and the power cord has been unplugged from the power outlet.
3.1 Cleaning the Inside of the Printer
(1) Turn off the printer power switch and then unplug the printer.
Fig. 3-85
(2) Press the front cover release button and then open the front cover.
Fig. 3-86
3-49
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
(3) Take out the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly.
Fig. 3-87
HOT SURFACE:
After you have just used the printer, some internal parts of the printer will be extremely hot.
Wait for the printer to cool down before you touch the internal parts of the printer.
!
CAUTION:
* We recommend that you put the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly on a piece of disposable paper or cloth in case you accidentally spill or scatter toner.
* Handle the toner cartridge carefully. If toner scatters on your hands or clothes, wipe or wash it off with cold water at once.
* To prevent damage to the printer from static electricity, DO NOT touch the electrodes shown in the illustration.
3-50
Confidential
(4) Wipe the scanner window with a dry, lint-free cloth.
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
Fig. 3-88
(5) Put the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly back in the printer.
(6) Close the front cover.
(7) Plug the printer back in, and then turn on the power switch.
3-51
Confidential
CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
3.2 Cleaning the Corona Wire
!
CAUTION:
It is recommended to place the drum/toner ASSY on a piece of disposable paper or cloth in case you accidentally spill or scatter toner.
If you have print quality problems, clean the corona wire as follows:
(1) Press the front cover release button and then open the front cover.
Fig. 3-89
(2) Take out the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly.
Fig. 3-90
3-52
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
!
CAUTION:
* We recommend that you put the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly on a piece of disposable paper or cloth in case you accidentally spill or scatter toner.
* To prevent damage to the printer from static electricity, DO NOT touch the electrodes shown in the illustration.
(3) Clean the primary corona wire inside the drum unit by gently sliding the blue tab from right to left and left to right several times.
Home position
Fig. 3-91
!
CAUTION:
Be sure to return the tab to the home position. If you do not, printed pages may have a vertical stripe.
(4) Put the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly back in the printer. Close the front cover.
Fig. 3-92
3-53
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
1. INTRODUCTION
Check if :
•
The source voltage stays within ±10% from the rated voltage shown on the rating plate.
•
The printer is installed on a solid, level surface.
• The room temperature is maintained between 10°C and 32.5°C. The relative humidity is maintained between 20% and 80%.
• The printer is not located in a dusty place.
•
The printer is not exposed to ammonia fumes or other harmful gases.
•
The printer is not located in a hot or humid area (such as near water or a humidifier).
•
The printer is not exposed to direct sunlight.
• The room is well-ventilated.
• The printer is not placed where the ventilation hole of the printer is blocked.
Check if :
•
A recommended type of print paper is being used. [If the paper is too thick or too thin, or tends to curl, paper jams or paper feed problems may occur, or printed images may be blurred.]
•
The print paper is damp. [If so, use fresh paper, and check whether the print quality improves or not.]
• The print paper is short-grained paper or acid paper. [If so, print quality problems may occur.]
For further information on paper, refer to 3.6 “Paper” in Chapter 1 .
Check if :
(HL-5240/5250DN)
•
The LEDs on the printer control panel indicate “Toner Life End”. If the LEDs indicate
“Toner Life End”, replace the toner cartridge with a new one.
(HL-5270DN/5280DW)
• The LCD shows “TONER LIFE END” the printer has run out of the toner is not evenly distributed inside the cartridge.
For further information on consumable parts, refer to 1. “CONSUMABLE PARTS” in
4-1
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
(4) Others
Condensation:
When the printer is moved from a cold room into a warm room in cold weather, condensation may occur inside the printer, causing various problems as listed below:
• Condensation on the optical surfaces such as the scanning mirror, lenses, the reflection mirror and the protection glass may cause the print image to be light.
• If the exposure drum is cold, the electrical resistance of the photosensitive layer is increased, making it impossible to obtain the correct contrast when printing.
•
Condensation on the corona unit may cause corona charge leakage.
•
Condensation on the pressure plate and separation pad may cause paper feed troubles.
If condensation has occurred, print several pages or leave the printer for 2 hours to allow it to reach room temperature.
If the drum unit is unpacked soon after it is moved from a cold room to a warm room, condensation may occur inside the unit, which may cause incorrect images. Instruct the user to allow the unit to come to room temperature before unpacking it. This will take one or two hours.
1.2 Warning for Maintenance Work
To avoid creating secondary problems by mishandling, follow the warnings below during maintenance work.
WARNING
•
Always turn off the power switch and unplug the power cord from the power outlet before accessing any parts inside the printer.
•
Some parts inside the printer are extremely hot immediately after the printer is used.
When opening the front cover or back cover to access any parts inside the printer, never touch the shaded parts shown in the following figures.
4-2
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
1.3 Identify the Problem
If you encounter any printer error or problem, first identify it referring to the chart below, then see the appropriate section.
NOTE:
The following troubleshooting sections contain both the actions which users should take or check and the ones which service technicians should perform.
4-3
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
2. ERROR MESSAGE
2.1.1 Operator calls for HL-5240/5250DN
When an operator call occurs, the red
Status
LED blinks to indicate. An ‘operator call’ which the printer indicates on the LEDs is user recoverable. Identify the error from the table below and take the corrective action described for each indication to correct it. The printer automatically recovers from most errors. If not, the error is cleared by holding down the
Go
button.
LED Type of error
Error clearance by pressing the
Go
button.
Remedy
Toner low ---
The
Toner
LED will turn on for
2 seconds and off for 3 seconds. Replace the toner cartridge.
Toner life end
Cartridge position error
Drum near end
N/A
N/A
---
Replace the toner cartridge with a new one.
The drum unit ASSY is not installed correctly. Put the drum unit ASSY back in.
The drum unit is near the end of its life. We recommend that you get a new drum unit to replace the current one. The
Drum
LED will turn on for 2 seconds and off for 3 seconds.
No paper fed tray
Paper jam
Incorrect Paper size for Duplex
(HL5250DN/5270DN/
5280DW)
Duplex disabled
N/A
N/A
Yes
Yes
Put paper in the tray. Press the
Go
button.
Clear the paper jam. If the printer does not start printing, press the
Go
button.
Press the
Go
or
Job Cancel
.
Set the correct paper that you want to use, or load the same paper size paper that you selected in the current driver setting. The paper size you can use doe automatic duplex printing is A4, Letter or Legal.
Close the back cover of the printer and put the duplex tray back in.
4-4
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
LED Type of error
Front cover is open
Fuser cover is open
Dust on drum
Too many trays
Buffer error
Memory full
Print overrun
Download full
Font full
Error clearance by pressing the
Go
button.
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Remedy
Close the front cover of the printer.
Close the back cover of the printer.
The corona wire needs to be cleaned.
Clean the electrodes of the main body and drum unit.
Chapter.)
Maximum number of optional trays is two. Remove additional trays.
Check the cable connection between the PC and the printer.
The printer memory is full and the printer cannot print full pages of a document.
A print overrun occurred and the printer cannot print full pages of a document.
The download buffer or the printer is full. Add more memory to the printer.
The font memory area is full.
Delete fonts or add more memory to the printer.
4-5
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
2.1.2 Operator calls for HL-5270DN/5280DW
An “Operator call” which the printer indicates on the LCD display is user recoverable. Identify the error from the table below and take the corrective action described for each indication to correct it. The printer automatically recovers from most errors. If not, the error is cleared by holding down the
Go
button on the control panel.
The LCD names for the paper trays are as follows.
•
Upper paper tray: TRAY 1
• Multi-purpose tray: MP
•
Optional Lower tray: TRAY 2 or TRAY 3
Error message
Error message Remedy
BUFFER ERROR
Check the Interface settings.
CARTRIDGE ERROR
DIMM ERROR
DOWNLOAD FULL
The drum unit ASSY is not installed in properly. Take out the drum unit ASSY and put it back into the printer again.
Re-installed the DIMM correctly. Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, and then turn it on again. If this error message appears again, replace the DIMM with a new one.
Add more memory.
DUPLEX DISABLED
Close the back cover of the printer and put the duplex tray back in.
DUST ON DRUM
Open the front cover. Take out the drum unit and toner cartridge
ASSY. Gently slide the blue tab of the drum unit across several times.
Clean the electrodes of the main body and drum unit.
(Refer to 6.4 “Location of Ground Contacts” in this Chapter.)
Add more memory.
FONT FULL
FRONT COVER OPEN
Close the front cover of the printer.
Close the fuser cover located behind the back cover of the printer.
FUSER COVER OPEN
JAM XXX
MANUAL FEED
MEMORY FULL
Fig. 4-1
Carefully pull out the jammed paper from the area shown in the
“Paper jams and how to clear them” refer to
Put the same size of paper in the MP tray as is shown on the LCD. If the printer is “paused”, press the
Go
button.
Add more memory.
4-6
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
Error message
NO PAPER
Remedy
Put paper in the empty tray. If the error was not cleared when you put paper in the tray, match the size of paper that you selected in the application with the TRAY SIZE or set the TRAY SIZE to ANY using the control panel.
Put paper in the empty tray.
NO PAPER XXX
NO TRAY XXX
Put the paper tray in the printer.
PRINT OVERRUN
SIZE ERROR DX
SIZE MISMATCH
STORAGE FULL
TOO MANY TRAYS
Cut the resolution or add the optional memory. Set
Page Protection
to the correct size.
You can only use A4, Letter and Legal size for duplex printing.
Check the printer driver setting and put the correct sized paper in the paper tray or MP tray that is selected in the printer driver.
Put the same size paper in the paper tray or MP tray that is selected in the printer driver, and then press
Go
button, or set the size of paper you loaded in by using the control panel.
The RAMDISK size is set to 0 MB. Increase the RAMDISK size. Or there is no space to store jobs. Delete unnecessary macros or fonts.
Maximum number of optional trays is two. Remove additional trays.
Maintenance message
Maintenance message
DRUM NEAR END
Remedy
The drum unit is near the end of its life. Replace it with a new one.
TONER LOW
Buy a new toner cartridge and have it ready before you get a
TONER
LIFE END message.
Replace the toner cartridge with a new one.
TONER LIFE END
REPLACE PF KITMP
REPLACE PF KIT 1
Replace the paper feeding kit (separation pad ASSY MP, MP roller holder ASSY) for MP tray.
Replace the paper feeding kit. (Separation pad ASSY, roller holder
ASSY and separation pad spring)
REPLACE PF KIT 2
REPLACE KIT 3
REPLACE FUSER
Replace the fuser unit.
Replace the laser unit.
REPLACE LASER
4-7
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
2.2.1 Service calls for HL-5240/5250DN
If service calls occur, all four LEDs blink on and off to notice it. In this state execute the operation described on the top of Table 1 to notify a fault location from the specific combination of ON/OFF and status color of the LED.
Instruct the user to turn off the power switch, wait a few seconds and then turn it on again and try to print again. If the error is not cleared and the same service call appears, refer to 5.
“MALFUNCTIONS” to take the corrective action.
Error occurs.
Comfirm the LED indication.
Turn OFF/ON the power switch.
NO
Error occurs again.
YES
Temporary error.
Use the printer with out corrective action.
4-8
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
<To show the service call type>
If
Go
and
Job Cancel
buttons are pressed together, the LEDs will be lighted up as shown in the table below to identify the error.
LED Type of service call LED Type of service call
Fuser unit failure
*1
Main PCB failure
Laser unit failure Main motor failure
High voltage error
DIMM error
*2
<Table 1>
*1: If this error occurs, turn off the printer power switch, wait a few seconds, and then turn it on again. Leave the printer for 10 minutes with the power on.
*2: If this error occurs, ensure that the DIMM is installed correctly.
4-9
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
2.2.2 Service calls for HL-5270N/5280DW
When each of the following messages appears alternately on the LCD, a user unrecoverable error may have occurred.
Instruct the user to turn off the power switch, wait 5 seconds and then turn it on again. If the error is not cleared and the same service call appears, identify the error from the table on the next page and take the corrective action described for each indication to correct it.
ERROR ###
* * ### indicates the error codes.
Error occurs.
Confirm the LCD indication.
Turn OFF/ON the power switch.
Error occurs
again.
YES
NO
Temporary error.
Use the printer without corrective action.
Error message
(Print Settings)
Error descriptions Remedy
ERROR S01
FATAL ERROR EX Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If still remains, replace the main PCB.
ERROR S02
ADRL ERROR EX
ERROR S03
ADRS ERROR EX
Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If still remains, replace the main PCB.
Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If still remains, replace the main PCB.
ERROR S04
ERROR S05
BUS ERROR EX
ERROR S06
ERROR S07
ERROR S08
ERROR S10
BUS ERROR EX
(INSTRUCT)
(DATA L/S)
SYSCALL EX
BREAKPOINT EX
RESERVED
INSTRUCT EX
ERROR S09
COPROCESSOR
UNUSAB EX
ARITHMETIC
OVERFLOW EX
Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If still remains, replace the main PCB.
Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If still remains, replace the main PCB.
Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If still remains, replace the main PCB.
Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If still remains, replace the main PCB.
Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If still remains, replace the main PCB.
Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If still remains, replace the main PCB.
Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If still remains, replace the main PCB.
4-10
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
Error message
(Print Settings)
Error descriptions Remedy
ERROR S11
ERROR S12
SOFTWARE1
ERROR S13
INTERRUPT
SOFTWARE2
INTERRUPT
ERROR E49
FUSER UNIT
ERROR E50
ERROR E51
ERROR E52
ERROR E54
ERROR E55
ERROR H61
ERROR H63
DRAM ACCESS
ERROR H66
UNDEFINED
INTERRUPT
MALFUNCTION
FUSER UNIT
MALFUNCTION
LASER BEAM
DETECTION ERROR
SCANNER MOTOR
MALFUNCTION
MAIN MOTOR LOCK
ERROR
HIGH-VOLTAGE
POWER SUPPLY
MALFUNCTION
ROM CHECKSUM
ERROR
ERROR
NVRAM WRITE
ERROR
ERROR H67
NVRAM READ
ERROR
Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If still remains, replace the main PCB.
Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If still remains, replace the main PCB.
Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If still remains, replace the main PCB.
Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If the same error occurs, replace the fuser unit. If still remains, replace the relay PCB R.
Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If the same error occurs, replace the fuser unit. If still remains, replace the relay PCB R.
Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If the same still occurs, replace the laser unit. If still remains, replace the main PCB.
Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If the same still occurs, replace the laser unit. If still remains, replace the main PCB.
Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If the same error occurs, replace the main motor. If still remains, replace the main PCB.
Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If the same error occurs, replace the high-voltage power supply PCB ASSY. If still remains, replace the PS PCB unit.
Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If still remains, replace the main PCB.
Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If still remains, replace the main PCB.
Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If still remains, replace the main PCB.
Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If still remains, replace the main PCB.
ERROR H68
NVRAM BUS ERROR Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. If still remains, replace the main PCB.
<Recovering from the service call>
Turn off the printer. Wait a few seconds, then turn it on again. For an unrecoverable error, however, the printer detects a service call again and indicates it.
4-11
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
2.3 Error Message in the Status Monitor
The Status Monitor will report problems with the printer. Take the corrective actions listed in the following table for the error message that the Status Monitor reports.
The default setting for the Status Monitor is off. If you would like to turn the status monitor on, you can change the setting of the Status Monitor in the
Device Options
of the
Advanced
tab.
Error message
Toner Low
Toner Life End
Cartridge Error
Drum Near End
No Paper Fed Tray
No Paper Fed Manual
No Paper Multi
Purpose Tray
No Paper Tray 1/2/3
Jam MP Tray
Jam Tray 1/2/3
Jam Inside
Jam Rear
Jam Duplex
Incorrect Paper Size for DX
Remedy
•
Purchase a new toner cartridge and have it ready for when the
Toner Life End status is indicated.
•
Refer to
1.1 “Toner Cartridge” in Chapter 3.
• Take out the toner cartridge and put it back into the printer again.
• The drum is near the end of it's life. Purchase a new drum unit to replace the current one. Refer to
• The paper tray may be out of paper or not properly installed. If it is empty, put a new stack of paper in the paper tray and then press the
Go
button.
•
If there is paper in the paper tray, make sure it is straight. If the paper is curled, straighten it before printing. Sometimes it is helpful to remove the paper, turn the stack over and put it back in the paper tray.
•
Reduce the amount of paper in the paper tray, and then try again.
•
Make sure you use paper that meets Brother’s recommended paper specifications. Refer to
•
Take out the jammed paper from the indicated area.
Refer to
3.2 “Paper Jams” in this Chapter.
Duplex Disabled
Front cover open
Fuser cover open
• Press the
Go
button or
Job Cancel
button. Set the correct paper that you want to use, or load the same size paper that you selected in the current driver setting. The paper size you can use for automatic duplex printing is A4, Letter or Legal.
•
Close the back cover of the printer and put the duplex tray back in.
•
Close the front cover of the printer.
•
Close the fuser cover located behind the back cover of the printer.
Fig. 4-2
4-12
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
Error message
Dust On Drum
Print Overrun
Service Call Error
Remedy
•
Refer to 3.2 “Cleaning the Corona Wire” in Chapter 3.
• Press the
Go
button to print the data left in the printer. Cancel the print job if you want to delete the data remaining in the printer.
• If this does not clear the error, reduce the complexity of your document or reduce the print resolution.
•
Set page protection to
AUTO
by using the supplied Windows driver or Remote Printer Console program.
®
•
Change the following settings in the supplied Windows depending on your document:
® driver and try again. The best combination of these settings will vary
•
Graphics Mode
•
TrueType mode
• Use Printer TrueType
®
Fonts
• Check the LED indication or the LCD message to identify the error. Refer to
2.2 “Service Calls” in this Chapter.
4-13
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
2.4 Error Message Printouts
The printer will report problems by printing an error message as defined in the following table.
Take the corrective actions for the error message.
Error message Remedy
MEMORY FULL
PRINT OVERRUN
RESOLUTION REDUCED TO
ENABLE PRINTING
(The printer has printed the
document at a reduced
resolution)
• Press the
Go
button to print the data left in the printer.
Cancel the print job if you want to delete the data remaining in the printer.
• Reduce the print resolution or reduce the complexity of your document.
•
Add more memory.
•
Press the
Go
button to print the data left in the printer.
Cancel the print job if you want to delete the data remaining in the printer.
•
If this does not clear the error, reduce the complexity of your document or reduce the print resolution.
•
Add more memory.
• Set page protection to
AUTO
by using the supplied
Windows
® driver or Remote Printer Console program.
• Change the following settings in the supplied Windows
® driver and try again. The best combination of these settings will vary depending on your document:
•
Graphics Mode
•
TrueType mode
•
Use Printer TrueType
®
Fonts
•
Reduce the complexity of your document before you print to prevent automatic reduction in the resolution.
* NOTE:
The communication parameter settings are printed on the Print Settings sheet. For details on
how to print the Print Settings page, refer to “Print Settings” in Chapter 7 .
4-14
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
3. PAPER PROBLEMS
3.1 Paper Loading Problems
First, make sure that you are using paper that meets Brother recommended paper
specifications. Refer to 3.6 “Paper” in Chapter 1 .
Problem Remedy
The printer does not feed paper.
The printer does not feed paper from the MP tray.
The printer does not feed envelopes.
A paper jam has occurred.
When printing on normal paper, it creases.
When printing on Legal size paper or longer sized paper, the paper slides off the top output tray.
•
If there is paper in the paper tray, make sure it is straight.
If the paper is curled, straighten it before printing.
Sometimes it is helpful to remove the paper, turn the stack over and put it back in the paper tray.
•
Reduce the amount of paper in the paper tray, and then try again.
• Check that manual feed mode is not selected in the printer driver.
•
Fan the paper well and put it back in firmly.
•
Make sure that you have chosen the
MP Tray
in the
Paper Source pf the printer driver.
•
The printer can feed envelopes from the multi-purpose tray. Your application software must be set up correctly to print on the envelope size you are using. This is usually done in the page setup or document setup menu of your software. Please see your software application manual.
•
Clear the jammed paper. Refer to 3.2 “Paper Jams” in this Chapter.
•
Change the printer driver setting in
Media Type
to a thin setting.
•
Pull out and lift up the output tray support flap.
Fig. 4-3
4-15
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
NOTE:
Refer to the Cautions described in the following pages.
3.2.1 Paper jams and how to clear them for HL-5240/5250DN
If a paper jam occurs, the printer will flash the
Paper
LED as shown below.
Fig. 4-4
Clear the jammed paper as follows.
If the jammed paper is removed completely by following the steps below, you can install the paper tray first, and then close the front cover. The printer will resume printing automatically.
If the printer does not start printing automatically, press the
Go
button. If the printer still does not start printing, please check that all the remaining jammed paper has been removed from the printer. Then try printing again.
NOTE:
Always remove all paper from the paper tray and straighten the stack when you add new paper. This helps to prevent multiple sheets of paper from feeding through the printer at one time and reduces paper jams.
(1) Press the cover release button and then open the front cover.
(2) Slowly take out the drum unit and toner cartridge ASSY. The jammed paper will be pulled out with them drum unit and toner cartridge ASSY.
(3) Pull the paper tray completely out of the printer.
(4) Close the front cover.
(5) Pull the jammed paper up and out of the printer.
(6) Open the front cover again.
(7) Open the back cover.
(8) Pull the tabs at the left and right hand sides toward you to open the fuser cover.
(9) Pull the jammed paper out of the fuser unit. If the jammed paper cannot be pulled out easily, push down the blue tab with one hand as you gently pull the paper out with the other.
(10) Close the back cover.
(11) Pull the duplex tray completely out of the printer.
(12) Pull the jammed paper out of the printer or the duplex tray. Put the duplex tray back in the printer.
4-16
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(13) Push down the blue lock lever and take the toner cartridge out of the drum unit. Clear the jammed paper if there is any inside the drum unit.
(14) Put the toner cartridge back into the drum unit until you hear it lock into place. If you put the cartridge in properly, the blue lock lever will lift automatically.
(15) Pull the drum unit and toner cartridge ASSY back in the printer.
(16) Put the paper tray firmly back in the printer.
(17) Close the front cover.
(18) Make sure that the
Paper
LED is now off and the printer is ready.
4-17
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
3.2.2 Paper jams and how to clear them for HL-5270DN/5280DW
If paper jams inside the printer, the printer will stop. One of the following LCD messages will appear to tell you where to find the jammed paper.
5
6
1
7
2
3
4
Fig. 4-5
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.
2.
3.
JAM MP TRAY
JAM TRAY1
JAM TRAY2
JAM TRAY3
JAM INSIDE
JAM REAR
JAM DUPLEX
: Paper jam in the MP tray.
: Paper jam in the upper paper tray (TRAY 1).
: Paper jam in the lower tray (TRAY 2).
: Paper jam in the lower tray (TRAY 3).
: Paper jam inside the printer.
: Paper jam where the paper comes out of the printer.
: Paper jam in the duplex tray.
Check where the jam is and clear the jammed paper as follows.
If the error message still appears on the LCD after you remove the jammed paper, there may be more paper jammed somewhere else. Check the printer thoroughly.
After you have removed all the jammed paper, open the front cover and then close it again to start printing.
NOTE:
Always remove all paper from the paper tray and straighten the stack when you add new paper. This helps prevent multiple sheets of paper from feeding through the printer at one time and prevents paper jams.
4-18
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
1. JAM MP TRAY (Paper jam in the MP tray)
JAM MP TRAY
If a paper jam occurs inside the MP tray, follow these steps:
(1) Press the cover release button and then open the front cover.
(2) Take out the drum unit and toner cartridge ASSY.
(3) Remove the paper from the MP tray.
(4) Fan the paper stack, then put it back in the MP tray.
Fig. 4-6
(5) When loading paper in the MP tray, make sure that it touches the back of the tray and stays under the maximum paper height guides on both sides of the tray.
(6) Open the front cover and close it, or press
Go
button to start printing.
2. JAM TRAY 1 / TRAY 2 / TRAY 3 (Paper jam inside the paper tray)
NOTE:
The LCD names for the paper trays are as follows.
•
Upper paper tray: TRAY1
•
Optional Lower tray: TRAY2 or TRAY3
JAM TRAY1
JAM TRAY2
JAM TRAY3
If a paper jam occurs inside the paper tray, follow these steps:
(1) Pull the paper tray completely out of the printer.
Fig. 4-7
4-19
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
(2) Use both hands to slowly pull out the jammed paper.
Fig. 4-8
(3) Put paper below the maximum paper mark ( ). While pressing the blue paper-guide release lever, slide the paper guides to fit the paper size. Make sure that the guides are firmly in the slots.
(4) Put the paper tray firmly back in the printer.
(5) Open the front cover and close it to resume printing.
!
CAUTION:
DO NOT take out the upper paper tray while paper is feeding from a lower paper tray because this may cause a paper jam.
3. JAM INSIDE (Paper jam inside the printer)
JAM INSIDE
HOT SURFACE:
After you have just used the printer, some internal parts of the printer will be extremely hot.
When you open the front cover or back cover of the printer, DO NOT touch the shaded parts shown in the illustrations.
4-20
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
If a paper jam occurs inside the MP tray, follow these steps:
(1) Press the front cover release button and then open the front cover.
Fig. 4-9
(2) Slowly take out the drum unit and toner cartridge ASSY. The jammed paper will be pulled out with the drum unit and toner cartridge ASSY.
Fig. 4-10
!
CAUTION:
* After you have removed the jammed paper, print a few test pages. This is to make sure that the printed pages have no toner stains on them before you restart the print job.
* Remove the jammed paper carefully so you do not spread toner.
* Take care not to stain your hands and clothes with toner. Wash toner stains at once with cold water.
* We recommend that you put the drum unit and toner cartridge ASSY on a piece of disposable paper or cloth in case you accidentally spill the toner.
* To prevent damage to the printer caused by static electricity, DO NOT touch the electrodes shown in the illustration.
4-21
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
(3) Push down the blue lock lever and take the toner cartridge out of the drum unit. Clear the jammed paper if there is any inside the drum unit.
Fig. 4-11
!
CAUTION:
* Handle the toner cartridge carefully. If toner scatters on your hands or clothes, wipe or wash it off with cold water at once.
* To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch the shaded parts shown in the illustrations.
(4) Put the toner cartridge back into the drum unit until you hear it lock into place. If you put the cartridge in properly, the blue lock lever will lift automatically.
(5) Close the front cover.
Fig. 4-12
4-22
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
4. JAM REAR (Paper jam behind the back cover)
JAM REAR
HOT SURFACE:
After you have just used the printer, some internal parts of the printer will be extremely hot.
When you open the front cover or back cover of the printer, DO NOT touch the shaded parts shown in the illustrations.
If a paper jam occurs behind the face-up output tray, follow these steps:
(1) Press the cover release button and then open the front cover.
Fig. 4-13
(2) Slowly take out the drum unit and toner cartridge ASSY. The jammed paper will be pulled out with the drum unit and toner cartridge ASSY.
Fig. 4-14
4-23
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
!
CAUTION:
* We recommend that you put the drum unit and toner cartridge ASSY on a piece of disposable paper or cloth in case you accidentally spill or scatter toner.
* To prevent damage to the printer from static electricity, DO NOT touch the electrodes shown in the illustration.
(3) Open the back cover.
Fig. 4-15
(4) Pull the tabs at the left and right hand sides toward you to open the fuser cover (1).
1
Fig. 4-16
(5) Using both hands, gently pull the jammed paper out of the fuser unit.
HOT SURFACE:
After you have just used the printer, some internal parts of the printer will be extremely hot.
Wait for the printer to cool down before you touch the internal parts of the printer.
4-24
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(6) Close the back cover.
(7) Put the drum unit and toner cartridge ASSY back in the printer (press firmly).
(8) Close the front cover.
5. JAM DUPLEX (Paper jam in the duplex tray)
JAM DUPLEX
If a paper jam occurs inside the duplex tray, follow these steps:
(1) Pull the duplex tray completely out of the printer.
Fig. 4-17
(2) Pull the jammed paper out of the printer or the duplex tray.
Fig. 4-18
(3) Put the duplex tray back in the printer.
4-25
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
3.2.3 Causes & countermeasures
The causes for paper jam problems vary depending on the location of the paper jam. When a paper jam occurs inside the printer, you have to find the location of the paper jam first, remove the jammed paper and then take the appropriate countermeasure referring to the table below;
Problem Type of Jam Cause Remedy
Jam when the printer is turned on.
Paper stuck The regist front sensor or paper eject sensor is turned on.
Paper stopped in the middle of feeding.
Bottom of paper stopped around the transfer roller.
Top of paper stopped between the paper feed roller and the pick-up roller.
Top of paper stopped at 60mm from the contact point of the heat roller and pressure roller.
Jam after paper is ejected.
Jam caused by paper length detected as longer than 410mm (16 in).
Jam caused by paper length detected as shorter than 80mm.
Jam caused by a paper feed delay.
Jam caused by the paper not being sensed when ejected from the paper eject sensor.
Jam caused by the paper not being sensed when ejected from the paper eject sensor.
The regist front sensor is not returning properly and is not turning off.
The regist front sensor was turned off early.
Malfunction of actuator or hardware noise.
Paper was not fed in at the proper timing due to paper dust or wear of the rubber pick-up roller.
The paper eject sensor is not working properly and has not turned off. (single printing)
The paper eject sensor or front registration sensor is not working properly and has not turned off. (continuous printing)
Remove the paper inside the printer. If there is no paper, check the suspect sensors refer to
Check front registration sensor motion refer to
Check the front registration sensor
Remove the paper dust attached to the pick-up roller. If the rubber is worn out, replace it with a new one.
Check sensor motion
Check sensor motion
4-26
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
3.3 Paper Feeding Problems
Even if the paper is printed and ejected without any problems such as paper jams, paper feeding problems below may appear.
Users can clear these problems by following the ‘User Check’ items for each problem. Even if the same problem occurs again, follow the procedures in the table below.
(1) Double feeding
User Check
Check the paper used meets the recommended paper specifications.
Possible cause Step Check Result Remedy
Yes Replace the separation pad. Separation pad 1 Is the surface of the separation pad worn out?
(2) Wrinkles or creases
User Check
(1) Check that paper is loaded into the paper tray correctly.
(2) Check the paper used meets the recommended paper specifications. (Refer to 3.6 “Paper” in
(3) Try printing using the straight-through output path.
(4) Turn over the stack of paper in the tray or try rotating the paper 180° in the tray.
(5) For the envelope, check the setting of the nip action in the fuser unit.
Possible cause Step
Paper 1
Check
Is the problem solved if new paper is used?
2 Is the entrance guide dirty?
Result
Yes
Remedy
Instruct the user how to store paper so that it does not absorb moisture.
Yes Clean the entrance guide. Fuser unit entrance guide
Fuser unit 3 Is the pressure roller dirty? Yes Clean the pressure roller.
No Replace the fuser unit.
(3) Page skew
User Check
(1) Check that the paper or other media is loaded into the paper tray correctly and that the paper guides are not too tight or too loose against the paper stack.
(2) If using the manual feed slot, check how to load paper into the manual feed slot correctly.
(3) The paper tray may be too full. Load paper below mark in depth.
(4) Check the paper used meets the recommended paper specifications. (Refer to 3.6 “Paper” in
(5) Check that the levers on the left and right hand sides for the nip action in the fuser unit are nipped equally.
4-27
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
(4) Curl or Wave
User Check
(1) Check the paper used meets the recommended paper specifications. Both high temperature and humidity will cause paper to curl.
(2) If the printer is used infrequently, the paper may have sat for too long in the paper tray. Turn over the stack of paper in the paper tray. Also, try rotating the paper 180° in the paper tray.
(3) Check that the paper used meets the Media Type setting in the driver.
NOTE:
For no paper supplied as the cause of a malfunction, refer to 5. “MALFUNCTIONS” in this
(5) Prints only single side of the paper when duplex-printing
User Check
Check the size of the paper used meets the recommended paper specifications (A4 or Letter, Legal).
(6) Paper pickup
Possible cause Step Check Result Remedy
1 Is the harness of the pickup solenoid disconnected?
Yes Reconnect the harness.
Disconnection of the pickup solenoid harness
Pickup solenoid harness failure
Pressure plate gear damage
Clutch gear damage
2 Does the harness of the pickup solenoid work correctly?
3 Is the pressure plate gear damaged?
4 Is the clutch gear damaged?
No Replace the pickup solenoid.
Yes Replace the pressure plate gear.
Yes Replace the gear unit.
4-28
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
4. SOFTWARE SETTING PROBLEMS
The printer may not print the data correctly if there are incorrect software settings.
(1) “There was an error writing to LPT1: (or BRUSB) for the printer” error message appears.
User Check
(1) Check that the printer cable is not damaged or broken. Check also that the cable is connected to the correct interface connectors of both the printer and PC.
(2) Check that the correct printer is selected if you have an interface switching device.
(3) Check that the appropriate printer driver is selected as ‘Set as Default’. Check also that the correct print port is set for the selected printer driver.
(4) Check that the printer is not connected to the same port which is also connected to a mass storage device or scanner. Remove all other devices and connect the port to the printer only.
Turn off the printer status monitor in the device options tab in the printer driver.
(5) If the print port is set as an ECP port, change it to a normal port.
(6) Try printing the test page refer to
‘Test Sample Page’ in Chapter 7.
(7) Try resetting the factory settings.
Possible cause Step
Failure inside the printer
1
Check
Is it possible to print the test
Main PCB failure
2 Is it possible to print with another PC and printer cable?
Result
No
No
Remedy
Identify the error type, then refer to the specified section of this chapter.
Replace the main PCB.
Yes This problem may appear under the specified system environment. Check the environment which the user used.
4-29
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
(2) Although the USB driver is installed, it is unable to find the BRUSB: port. (Windows98/Me only)
User Check
(1) Re-install the USB driver by following the steps below; i) Turn the printer off. ii) Double-click the file “Deins USB.exe” in the USB directory of the CD-ROM. iii) Re-boot the PC. iv) Turn the printer on. v) “Add New Hardware Wizard” is launched again, follow the instructions in the Wizard to re-install the driver.
(2) Try to connect the printer directly to the computer if it is connected through a USB hub.
Possible cause Step
Computer
Operating
System
Computer settings
1 Windows 95 or Windows
NT4.0?
2
Check
Does ‘Universal Serial Bus
Controllers’ appear in the
Device Manager tab of ‘System
Properties’ in Control Panel?
Result
Yes
No
Remedy
The operating system does not support USB.
This problem can be caused by your computer settings.
See the computer manual.
USB cable/ printer damage
3 Does “Add New Hardware
Wizard” appear on the screen or Does test print complete?
No The USB cable is damaged.
Replace the cable. If the same problem appears, the printer will be damaged.
(3) The print speed slows down under BR-Script 3
User Check
Add optional memory.
(4) Unable to print EPS data under BR-Script 3.
User Check
Follow the steps below;
(1) In the printer folder, choose the printer you use.
(2) Press the button on the Post Script
®
tab.
(3) Choose in data format.
!
CAUTION:
Not following the instructions for using the printer may cause you to be responsible for all repairs.
4-30
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(5) This printer does not appear in Chooser (Mac OS
10.2) or Printer Setup Utility (Mac OS
®
9.1 to 9.2), Print center (Mac OS
®
X 10.3 or greater).
®
X
User Check
(1) Check the printer is turned on.
(2) Check USB cable is connected correctly.
(3) Check the printer driver is installed correctly.
Possible cause
Printer connection
Step Check
1 Select ‘Apple System Profiler’ in Apple Menu. Are the following items indicated in the
USB box of the Device and
Volumes tab?
•
Product ID: 002A (HL-5240),
002B (HL-5250DN), 002C
(HL-5270DN), 002D (HL-
5280DW)
•
Vender: Brother International
Corporation (or 0x4f9)
Driver installation
2 Are there the following files in the Extensions Folder of
System Folder?
<For System 9.1 – 9.2>
•
BR_PrintMoniter (laser)
•
Brother Laser
Result Remedy
No Check the printer is turned on and the USB cable is connected correctly.
Check that the USB cable used is the shielded twisted pair type and 5 m or less.
Try to connect the printer and
PC with the USB cable directly.
No Try to re-install the printer driver.
Yes Turn off the printer and PC power switch, and check all connections between them.
Then, turn them on again.
(6) Unable to print from the application when using Macintosh with USB
User Check
Make sure that the supplied Macintosh selected with Chooser (Mac OS
Setup Utility (Mac OS
®
®
®
printer driver is installed in the Hard Disk and that it is
9.1 to 9.2), Print Center (Mac OS
X 10.3 or greater).
®
X 10.2.4 or greater) or Print
(7) Unable to print from the application software under DOS.
User Check
(1) Make sure that the DOS application interface settings match those of your printer. For example, if you are using a parallel printer cable, you would set your DOS application printer port to LPT1.
(2) Check if the printer has any printer alarms.
(3) Make sure that you have chosen the proper printer in your application.
4-31
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
5. MALFUNCTIONS
When taking countermeasures for malfunctions as described in this section, check connectors for contact failure before measuring the voltage at the specified connector pins.
(1) No AC power supplied
Possible cause Step Check Result Remedy
Supply voltage 1 Is the correct voltage present at the outlet?
Power plug
Fuse (F1, F2)
2 Is the power cord securely plugged into the outlet?
3 Is the fuse blown?
No
No
Inform the user that the correct voltage is not supplied at the outlet.
Plug the power cord securely into the outlet.
Yes If the fuse blows again immediately after replacing the low-voltage power supply
PCB, check that there is not a short circuit somewhere in the
AC power supply line.
Yes Replace the AC power cord. Wiring 4 Unplug the power supply plug.
Is there a broken wire between the AC input connector of the low-voltage power supply and the power plug?
(2) No DC power supplied
Possible cause Step Check
AC power supply
1 Is AC power supplied between connectors CN1-L and CN1-N when the power plug is plugged into the outlet?
Result
No
Remedy
Follow the same check procedure of (1) “No AC power supplied”.
Wiring, DC load
Low-voltage power supply
PCB
2 Turn on the power switch.
Measure the voltages between the terminals. Do the measured voltage satisfy the prescribed valued in the table below?
3 Refer to the chart *1 below.
Yes Turn off the power switch, reconnect the connector and turn the power switch on again. If the protector circuit is activated, check the connector, the wiring from the connector, and the DC load.
No Replace the low-voltage power supply PCB.
*1
PCB +lead pin
Main CN8-4
CN8-5
CN8-6
CN8-7
- lead pin
CN8-2, CN8-3
CN8-2, CN8-3
CN8-8
CN8-8
Voltage
Approx. 24V
Approx. 24V
Approx. 6.5V to 13V
Approx. 3.3V
4-32
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
WARNING
If you analyze malfunctions with the power plug inserted into the power outlet, special caution should be exercised even if the power switch is OFF because it is a single pole switch.
(3) Main motor failure
Possible cause Step Check Result Remedy
No Reconnect the connector. Failure of connector
Main motor
1 Is the connection of connector
CN4 on the main PCB correct?
2 Is the problem solved by replacing the main motor?
Yes Replace the main motor.
Main PCB 3 Is the problem solved by replacing the main PCB?
(4) No paper supplied
Possible cause Step Check
Separation pad / pickup roller failure
1 Is the surface of the separation pad or the pickup roller dirty or worn out?
Failure of connector
Yes Replace the main PCB.
Result Remedy
Yes 1) Clean the surface of the separation pad or pickup roller.
2) Replace the separation pad or pickup roller.
No Reconnect the connector.
HVPS circuit
Paper pickup clutch solenoid
Main PCB
2 Is the contact of the solenoid connector on the relay front
PCB good?
3 Set paper in the manual feed slot and make a test print by pressing the
Go
button.
Does the voltage between pins
1(SOLENOID) and 2 (24V) of the CN1 TRAY1, CN3 MP connector on the relay front
PCB change from approx. 24V
DC to 0V within the specified time?
4 Is the problem solved by replacing the main PCB?
Yes Replace the relay front PCB.
No Replace the paper pickup clutch solenoid.
Yes Replace the main PCB.
4-33
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
(5) Insufficient output from high-voltage power supply unit
Possible cause Step
High-voltage contact
Check
1 Do any of the terminals on the high-voltage contacts have dirt or contact burns?
Result Remedy
Yes Clean the terminals.
High-voltage power supply
PCB
2 Check the connections of the connector between the highvoltage power supply and the main PCB are secured correctly?
Yes Replace the high-voltage power supply PCB.
No Reconnect the connector between the high-voltage power supply and the main
PCB.
(6) Fixing heater temperature failure
Possible cause Step Check
Poor thermistor harness contact
1 Is the contact of connector
CN1 and CN2 on the relay rear
PCB good?
Result
No
Remedy
Reconnect the connector.
No Reconnect the connector.
Blown thermostat
2 Is the contact of connector
CN3 on the main PCB good?
3 Remove the fuser unit and measure the resistance of the thermostat. Is it open circuit?
Halogen heater lamp failure
(7) Laser Unit failure
Possible cause Step
4 Remove the fuser unit and measure the resistance of the halogen heater lamp. Is it open circuit?
Check
Harness connection failure (1)
1 Is connector CN18 on the main
PCB secured correctly?
Harness connection failure (2)
2 Is the connection of the scanner motor connector
CN10 on the main PCB secure?
Yes Replace the fuser unit.
Yes Replace the fuser unit.
Result Remedy
No Reconnect the connector securely.
Yes Replace the laser unit.
No Reconnect the connector securely.
Yes Replace the laser unit.
4-34
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(8) Fuser unit failure
Possible cause Step
Poor thermistor harness contact
Check
1 Is the contact of connector
CN1 and CN2 on the relay rear
PCB good?
2 Is the contact of connector
CN3 on the main PCB good?
3 Is the thermistor installed properly?
Thermistor assembling failure
Halogen heater lamp failure
Heater harness connection failure
4 Remove the fuser unit and measure the resistance of the halogen heater lamp. Is it open circuit?
5 Is the heater harness connector connected to the low-voltage power supply PCB and fuser unit secure?
Result Remedy
No Reconnect the connector.
No Reconnect the connector.
Yes Replace the fuser unit.
No Reinstall the thermistor properly.
Yes Replace the fuser unit.
No Reconnect the connectors securely.
NOTE:
•
This problem will be cleared if leaving the printer power ON for ten minutes.
•
If the heater is cooled down sufficiently, this problem may be cleared by following steps; 1)
Check that the front cover is open. 2) Turn on the printer power switch while pressing the
Go button. Be warned, however, that this operation will melt the fuser unit if the
heater is hot.
(9) Main PCB failure
Possible cause Step Check Result Remedy
Main PCB No Replace the main PCB.
Software bug
1 Is it possible to print the test
2 Does this problem appear when printing specific data or printing under a specific environment?
Yes Inform the Brother office of the used specific data, printer condition and system environment.
4-35
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
(10) Pickup function of paper tray does not work
Possible cause Step
Link lever does not move smoothly.
Check
1 Does the link lever work?
Isn't the link lever bent?
Pickup roller holder ASSY does not move smoothly.
Main motor failure
2 Does the pickup roller holder
ASSY move up and down?
3 Does the main motor work?
Pressure plate drive cam failure
4 Does the pressure plate drive cam rotate?
(11) The new toner is not sensed
Possible cause Step Check
1 The toner cartridge is not inserted completely.
The toner cartridge is not set to the main body correctly.
New toner detection switch failure
Main PCB failure
2 Isn't the toner sensed even if the switch is held?
3 Is the problem solved by replacing the main PCB?
(12) Maximum speed is slow
Possible cause Step
Two or more sheets of the paper in the tray are pulled to feed.
Check
1 Does paper double feeding occur?
Foreign body attached to the tail edge actuator
Tail edge actuator failure
2 Is a foreign body caught on the tail edge actuator?
3 Is the tail edge actuator deformed?
Tail edge sensor malfunction
4 Is the tail edge sensor turned
ON?
Result Remedy
Yes Remove the cause of nonsmooth operation of the link lever.
Replace the link lever.
No Replace the pickup roller holder ASSY.
No
No Replace the main frame L
ASSY.
Result Remedy
Yes Reset the cartridge.
Yes Replace the switch.
No
Replace the main motor.
Replace the main PCB.
Result Remedy
Yes Replace the separation pad.
Yes Remove a foreign body.
Yes Replace the tail edge actuator.
Yes Replace the tail edge sensor.
4-36
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(13) LED failure
Possible cause Step
Three LEDs light up after turning the power ON.
Check
A1 Is the printer in the service mode?
Result Remedy
Yes
Check that the
Go
button has been pressed or not.
Panel PCB failure
A2 Does any LED light up when pressing the
Go
button?
No
Replace the panel PCB.
Disconnection of the panel PCB harness
Regist front sensor failure
Regist rear sensor failure
Paper eject sensor failure
Front cover failure
New toner detection switch failure
Process unit terminal failure
Laser unit failure
B1 Is the harness connected securely?
B2 Does the regist front sensor work correctly?
B3 Does the regist rear sensor work correctly?
B4 Does the paper eject sensor work correctly?
1 Is the cover opened by vibration during idling?
2 Does the new toner detection switch work correctly?
3 Are the terminals of the process unit dirty?
4 Does the laser unit work correctly?
No
No
No
No
Reconnect the harness securely.
Replace the regist front sensor.
Replace the regist rear sensor.
Main cover switch malfunction
B5 Is the main cover switch closed securely?
Yes Check the switch.
(14) Service error indication when turning the power ON
Possible cause Step Check Result Remedy
Disconnection of the main motor harness
1 Is the harness of the main motor connected?
No
Reconnect the harness securely.
Disconnection of the scanner motor harness
2 Is the harness of the scanner motor connected?
No
Reconnect the harness securely.
No
Replace the fuser unit. Fuser unit failure 3 Does the printer resume after opening the cover, turning the power ON and leaving the printer for ten minutes?
(15) The printer stops while idling
Possible cause Step Check Result Remedy
Yes Replace the front cover.
No
Yes Clean the terminals.
No
Replace the paper eject sensor.
Replace the new toner detection switch.
Replace the laser unit.
4-37
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
6. IMAGE DEFECTS
6.1 Image Defect Examples
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
I-20 Downward fogging of solid black
Fig. 4-19
6.2 Diameter of Rollers
The diameter of each roller and the pitch which appears in the image are listed below.
No. Parts Name Diameter (The pitch which appears in the image)
Ø
14.0 mm (44.0 mm)
Ø
15.2 mm (48.2 mm)
Ø
30.0 mm (94.2 mm)
Ø
25.0 mm (78.5 mm)
Ø
25.0 mm (78.5 mm)
Ø
20.0 mm (42.5 mm)
4-38
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
6.3 Troubleshooting Image Defect
Several types of the image defects can be cleared by end users. For those defects, instruct the user to check the ‘User Check’ items described in each table. Even if the same image defect appears, the following procedures should be followed in the event of specific image defects.
See also 6.4 “Location of Ground Contacts” in this Chapter for information about the location of
the grounding contacts.
!
CAUTION:
guaranteed.
When using the printer for a special job, such as printing of name cards, print quality cannot be
(I-1) Light
User Check
(1) Check the printer’s environment. Conditions such as humidity, high temperatures, etc. may cause this situation to occur.
(2) If the whole page is light, toner save mode may be on. Disable toner save mode within Printer Properties tab of the driver.
(3) Try installing a new toner cartridge or drum unit.
Possible cause Step Check Result Remedy
Ground contacts
Toner sensor failure
(printer side)
Toner sensor failure
(toner cartridge side)
Drum connection failure
HVPS / Main
PCB failure
1 Can printing be started with the drum unit and toner cartridge removed?
2 Is the problem solved when 4 or 5 pages are printed after the toner cartridge is replaced with a full one?
3 Are all the contacts between the drum unit and printer body connected correctly?
Yes Check if the toner sensor is dirty and check the toner sensor connection.
Yes The wiper of the toner cartridge is defective.
Replace the toner cartridge. contact electrodes both on the drum unit and in the printer body.
Yes Replace the HVPS or the main PCB.
Dirt on the scanner window
Laser unit failure
4 Is the harness connection between the HVPS and the main PCB correct?
5 Is there any dirt on the scanner window?
6 Is the problem solved after replacing the laser unit?
Yes Wipe it off with a soft clean paper.
Yes Replace the laser unit.
4-39
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
(I-2) Dark
Possible cause Step
Corona failure
(contact failure)
Drum unit failure
Toner cartridge failure
Check
1 Are the charge electrodes between the printer body and the drum unit dirty?
2 Is the problem solved after replacing the drum unit?
3 Is the problem solved after replacing the toner cartridge?
High-voltage power supply
PCB failure
Main PCB failure
User Check
(1) Check the paper used meets the recommended paper specifications.
(2) Check the printer’s environment. High temperature and high humidity conditions can increase the amount of background shading.
(3) Clean the corona wire with the wire cleaner.
(4) Try installing a new toner cartridge or drum unit.
4 Is the connections of the connector between the highvoltage power supply PCB and the main PCB secured correctly?
5 Are there any disconnected connectors?
Result Remedy
Yes Clean both electrodes.
Yes Replace the drum unit with a new one.
Yes Replace the toner cartridge with a new one.
Yes Replace the highvoltage power supply
PCB.
No Replace the main
PCB.
Ground contacts
4-40
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(I-3) Completely blank
Possible cause Step
Developing bias contact failure
Drum unit
Check
1 Are the developing bias contacts between the printer body and drum unit dirty?
2 Are the drum shaft and drum electrode of the printer body connected correctly?
Drum unit failure
Toner cartridge failure
Scanner harness connection failure
Main PCB failure
Laser unit failure
Result Remedy
Yes Clean the electrodes at both sides.
3
4
Is the problem solved after replacing the drum unit?
Is the problem solved after replacing the toner cartridge?
Yes Clean the shaft and the electrode.
No Check the connection between the shaft and the electrode.
Yes Replace the drum unit.
Yes Replace the toner cartridge with a new one. the connector correctly.
5 Is the scanner harness connected securely?
(Check if there is any play in the connection.)
6 Are printing signals being input to the laser unit?
Is the problem solved after replacing the main PCB?
7 Is the scanner interlock lever damaged?
Is the scanner mirror broken or loose?
Yes Replace the main
PCB.
Yes Replace the laser unit.
No Replace the highvoltage power supply
PCB.
Ground contacts
4-41
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
(I-4) All black
Harness connection
User Check
(1) Clean the corona wire of the drum unit.
(2) The drum unit may be damaged. Install a new drum unit.
Possible cause Step
Corona failure
Check
1 Is the corona wire dirty?
2 Is the corona wire broken?
3 Are the charge electrodes between the printer body and the drum unit dirty?
4 Is the laser unit connected to the main PCB correctly?
Result Remedy
Yes Clean the corona wire with the wire cleaner.
Yes Replace the drum unit.
Yes Clean both electrodes.
Ground contacts
High-voltage power supply
PCB failure
Main PCB failure
Laser unit failure
5 Is the problem solved after replacing the high-voltage power supply PCB?
6 Is the problem solved after replacing the main PCB?
7 Is the problem solved after replacing the laser unit?
No Connect the harness between the laser unit and the main PCB correctly.
Yes Replace the highvoltage power supply
PCB.
Yes Replace the main
PCB.
Yes Replace the laser unit.
4-42
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(I-5) Dirt on the back of paper
Possible cause Step
Fuser unit dirty
Dirt in the drum unit
1
Check
Is the pressure roller dirty?
Is any other area in the printer dirty?
2 Is the transfer roller dirty?
Is the problem solved after replacing the drum unit?
Result
Yes
Yes
Clean the pressure roller referring to the following procedure.
Replace the drum unit
No Replace the high-voltage power supply PCB.
Remedy
NOTE:
This problem may disappear after printing approximately 10 pages of completely blank sheets.
How to clean the pressure roller
Clean the pressure roller as follows;
(HL-5240/5250DN)
(1) Set five or more sheets of paper in the paper tray.
(2) Open the front cover, and turn on the power switch while holding down the
Go
button.
(3) All LEDs light up, and keep the
Go
button pressed down until the
Status
LED goes off.
Then, release the
Go
button and make sure that all LEDs are off. the button once and make sure that
Toner
,
Drum
and
Paper
LEDs light up. the button twice and wait for two seconds. Then, the printer starts printing the grid pattern continuously.
(6) Close the front cover, and print approximately five pages. the button after printing.
(HL-5270DN/5280DW)
(1) Set five or more sheets of paper in the paper tray.
(2) Open the front cover, and turn on the power switch while holding down the
Go
button.
(3) “USERS MODE” message appears on the LCD panel. the button and make sure that all LEDs are off. the button once and make sure that “USERS MODE” message appears on the
LCD panel with the orange backlight. the button twice and wait for two seconds. Then, the printer starts printing the grid pattern continuously.
(7) Close the front cover, and print approximately five pages. the button after printing.
4-43
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
(I-6) Black and blurred vertical streaks
User Check
(1) Clean the corona wire in the drum unit.
(2) Check that the wire cleaner is at the home position.
(3) Check that the toner cartridge is not empty.
(4) The drum unit may be damaged. Install a new drum unit.
(5) The toner cartridge may be damaged. Install a new toner cartridge.
Possible cause Step Check Result Remedy
Corona failure
Corona failure
Dirt in the paper feed system
Scratch on the drum
Cleaning failure
1 Is the corona wire dirty?
2 Is the vertical block streak about 10mm wide?
(Check if the wire cleaner is at its home position.)
3 Is the paper tray or feed system on the drum unit dirty with toner?
4 Is the surface of the drum scratched?
5 Is the surface of the drum dirty with toner in streaks?
Yes Clean the corona wire with the wire cleaner.
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Return the wire cleaner to its home position.
Clean the toner off.
Replace the drum unit.
Replace the drum unit.
Scratch on the heat roller
6 Is the surface of the heat roller scratched?
Yes Replace the fuser unit.
NOTE:
•
If you print the same pattern (especially vertical streaks) continuously, electrostatic charge performance of the drum will decrease temporarily and black vertical streaks may appear on the paper.
•
This problem may occur with noise due to the corona wire being dirty. In that case, clean the corona wire with the wire cleaner.
4-44
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(I-7) Black and blurred horizontal stripes
User Check
(1) The drum unit may be damaged. Install a new drum unit.
(2) Check the paper used meets the recommended paper specifications.
(3) Clean inside of the printer and the corona wire in the drum unit.
Possible cause Step Check Result Remedy
Scratch on the drum
Toner stuck on the developer roller
1 Are the horizontal stripes at
74mm (exposure drum) intervals?
2 Are the horizontal stripes at
62.8mm (developer roller) intervals?
Yes The exposure drum was scratched.
Replace the drum unit.
Yes After printing several pages, the problem will disappear.
If not, replace the toner cartridge.
Yes Replace the fuser unit.
Ground contacts
Scratch on the heat roller
Corona contact failure
3 Are the horizontal stripes at
79mm (heat roller) intervals?
4 Are the charge electrodes between the printer body and the drum unit dirty?
High-voltage power supply
PCB failure
5 Is the problem solved after replacing the high-voltage power supply PCB?
(I-8) Black vertical streaks (in a gray background)
Yes Clean both electrodes.
Yes Replace the highvoltage power supply
PCB.
Possible cause Step
Translucent stain on the scanner window
1
Check
Is there any dirt on the scanner window?
Result
Corona failure 2 Is the corona wire dirty?
Remedy
Yes 1) Clean the scanner window.
2) If it is not effective, replace the laser unit.
Yes Clean the corona wire with the wire cleaner.
Ground contacts
4-45
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
(I-9) White vertical streaks
Possible cause Step
Translucent stain on the scanner window
Check
1 Is there any dirt on the scanner window?
Transfer failure
Condensation
User Check
(1) Try to wipe the scanner window with a soft cloth.
(2) The toner cartridge may be damaged. Install a new toner cartridge.
(3) Check the printer’s environment. High temperature and high humidity conditions can cause this problem.
(4) Damp (wet) paper might be used. Try to change to freshly unpacked paper.
2 Is the transfer roller scratched?
3 Has condensation occurred inside the printer?
Result
Yes
Remedy
1) Clean the scanner window.
2) If it is not effective, replace the laser unit.
Yes Replace the drum unit.
Yes Try to print several pages or leave the printer 2 hours to allow it to reach room temperature.
(I-10) White horizontal streaks
User Check
(1) Check the paper used meets the recommended paper specifications. A rough surfaced paper, damp paper or thick media can cause the problem.
(2) Check that the appropriate media type is selected in the printer driver.
(3) The problem may disappear by itself. Try printing about 10 pages to clear this problem especially if the printer has not been used for a long time.
(4) The drum unit may be damaged. Install a new drum unit.
Possible cause Step Check Result Remedy
Ground contacts
Developing bias contact failure
1 Are the developing bias contacts between the printer body and toner cartridge dirty?
Yes Clean the electrodes at both sides.
4-46
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(I-11) Faulty registration
Possible cause Step
Excessive paper load
Print paper
Regist rear sensor position incorrect
Drum unit failure
1
2 Is the specified weight of the recommended paper being used?
3 Is the first printing position within ±1mm of the tolerance specification?
4 Is the regist rear sensor off from the correct position?
5 high?
Check
Is the paper loaded in the paper tray more than 27mm
Is the rotation torque of the drum unit heavy?
Result Remedy
Yes Instruct the user to keep paper loads below 27mm in depth.
No Recommend to use the specified types of paper.
Yes Adjust the Y offset by using the utility software supplied.
Yes Reposition the sensor to the correct position.
Yes Replace the drum unit.
4-47
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
(I-12) Poor fixation
Possible cause
Print paper
Nip release lever
Toner sensor failure
(When printing is faint.)
Step
1
2
3
Check
Is thick paper of more than
43lb being used?
Does the position of the nip release levers in the fuser unit decompress the nip pressure?
Is the problem solved by replacing the drum unit or the toner cartridge?
Result Remedy
Yes Recommend to use the specified types of paper.
Yes Return the nip release levers to the original position.
Yes 1) Toner is empty.
2) The toner sensor is defective.
Clean the toner sensor.
3) If the wiper in the toner cartridge is broken, replace the toner cartridge with a new one.
No Replace the fuser unit. Fuser unit thermistor failure
4 Is the thermistor fitted correctly?
Low-voltage power supply
PCB failure
5 Is the problem solved by replacing the low-voltage power supply PCB?
Yes Replace the low-voltage power supply PCB.
•
Open the back cover and fuser cover. Push down the blue tab (1). Repeat this process on the other side. Make sure that the top of the tab and the white lever (2) are not level with each other. Close the back cover and try printing again.
2
1
1
2
Fig. 4-20
4-48
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(I-13) Image distortion
Possible cause Step
Laser unit installation
1
Check
Is the laser unit secured to the frame incorrectly?
(Check if there is any play.)
2 Is the laser diode or the scanner motor defective?
Scanner LD emission failure
Scanner motor rotation failure
Scanner connection failure
(I-14) Faint print
3 Is the scanner harness connected properly?
(Check if it is coming loose.)
Print out test print o
Print out test print o
Print out test print o
Print out test print o
Print out test print o
Print out test print o
Print out test print o
Print out test print o
Print out test print o
Print out test print o
Print out test print o
Print out test print o
Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print o
Print out test print out test print out test Print out test print o Print out test print o
Possible cause Step
Printer installation
Toner cartridge
Check
1 Is the printer placed horizontally?
2 Does the problem happen immediately after replacing the toner cartridge with a new one?
3 Is the scanner window dirty? Scanner window dirty
Laser unit failure 4 Is the problem solved by replacing the laser unit?
Result Remedy
Yes Secure the unit correctly and tighten the screws.
Yes Replace the laser unit.
No Connect the harness correctly.
Result Remedy
No Place the printer on a flat surface.
Yes Remove and carefully shake the toner cartridge horizontally.
Yes Clean the scanner window with a soft dry cloth.
Yes Replace the laser unit.
4-49
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
(I-15) White spots
User Check
(1) If the problem is not solved after printing a few pages, the drum unit may have glue from label stock on the exposure drum surface. Refer to Step 1 in the table
below and NOTE in the next page.
(2) The drum unit may be damaged. Install a new drum unit.
Possible cause Step
Drum unit failure 1
Check
Are the white spot at 94.2mm intervals?
Result Remedy
Yes 1) If toner or glue remains stuck, wipe it off gently with a
in the next page.)
2) If the drum surface is scratched, replace the drum unit.
Yes Replace the drum unit.
No toner
Print paper
Environment
2 Is the problem solved after replacing the drum unit?
3 Is the toner in the toner cartridge almost empty?
4 Is the problem solved after changing to specified freshly unpacked paper?
5 Does the problem still appear after the printer has warmed up?
Yes Replace the toner cartridge with
Yes
Yes a new one.
Damp (wet) paper might be used. Recommend to change freshly unpacked paper.
1) Replace the drum unit.
2) Advise the user of the specified print environment.
4-50
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
NOTE:
Clean the drum unit as follows.
(1) Put the print sample in front of the drum unit, and find the exact position of the poor print.
< Examples of poor print quality >
Fig. 4-21
94 mm
(3.7 in.)
94 mm
(3.7 in.)
White Spots on black text and graphics at 94 mm (3.7 in.) intervals
94 mm
(3.7 in.)
94 mm
(3.7 in.)
Black Spots at 94 mm (3.7 in.) intervals
Fig. 4-22
(2) Turn the drum unit gear by hand while looking at the surface of the OPC drum.
Fig. 4-23
(3) When you have found the mark on the drum that matches the print sample, wipe the surface of the OPC drum with a cotton swab until the dust or paper powder on the surface comes off.
Fig. 4-24
!
CAUTION:
DO NOT clean the surface of the photosensitive drum with a sharp object.
4-51
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
(I-16) Black spots
User Check
(1) If the problem is not solved after printing a few pages, the drum unit may have glue from label stock on the exposure drum surface. Refer to Step 1 in the table
below and NOTE in the previous page.
(2) The drum unit may be damaged. Install a new drum unit.
Possible cause Step
Drum unit
Drum connection failure
Fuser unit
High-voltage power supply
PCB failure
Check
1 Are the spots at 94.2mm intervals?
(The problem is not solved after printing a few pages.)
2 Is the contact between the drum unit and printer body connected correctly?
3 Are the spots at 79mm intervals?
(The problem is not solved after printing a few pages.)
4 Is the problem solved after replacing the high-voltage power supply PCB?
Result Remedy
Yes 1) If toner or glue remains stuck, wipe it off gently with a cotton swab. (Refer
previous page.)
2) If the exposure drum is scratched or deteriorated
(exposed), replace the drum unit.
No Clean contact electrode both on the drum unit and in the printer body.
Yes 1) Check and clean the heat roller with a cloth dampened with alcohol.
2) Replace the fuser unit.
Yes Replace the high-voltage power supply PCB.
Ground contacts
4-52
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(I-17) Black band
Corona dirty
Possible cause
Corona failure
Step Check
1 Is the wire cleaner at its home position?
2 Is the corona wire dirty?
Result Remedy
No Return the wire cleaner to its home position.
Yes 1) Clean the corona wire.
2) If the problem still appears after cleaning, replace the drum unit.
Ground contacts
(I-18) Gray background
Possible cause Step Check Result Remedy
Print paper
Toner sensor failure
(printer side)
1 Does the paper being used meet the paper specification
(weight, etc.).
2 Is
Ready
LED still lighted after the toner cartridge and drum unit are taken out? (The front cover is closed.)
No Recommend to use the specified types of paper.
Yes Recommend to change to freshly unpacked paper.
Yes Toner sensor failure. Clean the toner sensor and check the toner sensor connection.
Toner cartridge failure
Drum unit failure
3 Is the problem solved after replacing the toner cartridge?
4 Is the problem solved after replacing the drum unit?
Yes
Yes
Replace the toner cartridge.
Replace the drum unit.
No Replace the high-voltage power supply PCB.
NOTE:
The following cases increase the possibility of this problem.
•
Acid paper is being used.
•
The drum unit is at the end of its life.
•
There is dust or paper powder.
4-53
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
(I-19) Hollow print
User Check
(1) Check the paper used meets the recommended paper specifications.
(2) Select the ‘Thick paper mode’ in the printer driver, or use thinner paper than you are currently using.
(3) Check the printer’s environment, conditions such as high humidity may cause this situation to occur.
Possible cause Step
Print paper 1
Check
Is thick paper of more than
43lb being used or extremely rough surface paper?
Result
No
Remedy
Yes Recommend to use the specified types of paper.
(I-20) Downward fogging of solid black
Possible cause Step Check
Toner cartridge failure
1 Is the problem solved after replacing the toner cartridge?
High-voltage power supply
PCB failure
(I-21) Horizontal lines
2 Is the problem solved after replacing the high-voltage power supply PCB?
Result Remedy
Yes Replace the toner cartridge.
Yes Replace the high-voltage power supply PCB.
Possible cause Step
Paper tray contacts
Drum unit
1
Check
Are the ground contacts on the right side of the paper tray connecting correctly?
2 Are the high-voltage power supply and drum unit contacted correctly?
Result
Remedy
No Clean the contacts.
No Clean the contacts.
4-54
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(I-22) Light rain
Possible cause Step
Drum unit failure
Drum connection failure
Check
1 Is the problem solved after replacing the drum unit?
2 Is the contact between the drum unit and printer body connected correctly?
Result
Remedy
Yes Replace the drum unit. contact electrode both on the drum unit and in the printer body.
Yes Replace the highvoltage power supply
PCB.
Ground contact
High-voltage power supply
PCB failure
(I-23) Ghost
3 Is the problem solved after replacing the high-voltage power supply PCB?
Drum unit failure
User Check
(1) Check the paper used meets the recommended paper specifications. Damp paper, thick media or rough surfaced paper can cause the problem.
(2) Check the printer’s environment. High temperature and high humidity conditions can cause the problem.
(3) Check that the appropriate media type is selected in the printer driver.
(4) Try installing a new drum unit.
Possible cause Step
Driver setting
Check
1 Is thin paper such as 64g/m used under the thick paper mode?
2
Result
Yes
Remedy
1) Change the current mode to the normal mode from the driver setting.
2) Print 5 or 6 blank pages if this problem occurs.
Yes Replace the drum unit.
High-voltage power supply
PCB failure
2 Is the problem solved after replacing the drum unit?
3 Is the problem solved after replacing the high-voltage power supply PCB?
Yes Replace the high-voltage power supply PCB.
4-55
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
(I-24) Toner specks
User Check
(1) Check the paper used meets the recommended paper specifications. A rough surfaced paper may cause the problem.
(2) The toner cartridge may be damaged. Install a new toner cartridge.
(3) The drum unit may be damaged, or may be nearly at the end of life. Install a new drum unit.
4-56
Confidential
6.4 Location of Grounding Contacts
Toner cartridge
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(2) Wire cleaner
Drum Unit
(3) Charge
(5) Grid
(4) Developer roller
(1) Exposure drum
(7) Cleaner
(6) Transfer roller
Fig. 4-25
6.4.2 Printer body & paper tray
(5) Grid
(7) Cleaner
(3) Charge
(4) Developer roller
(1) Exposure drum
(6) Transfer roller
Fig. 4-26
<How to clean the electrodes>
Turn off the power switch. Unplug the machine from the AC power outlet, and leave the machine for a few minutes. Then, wipe the electrodes above carefully with a dry lint-free cloth. Be careful not to change the shapes of the electrodes.
4-57
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
7. INCORRECT PRINTOUT
When the data is not printed correctly as it is seen on the PC screen, follow the procedures below in the event of a specific error.
(P-1) The printer prints unexpectedly or it prints garbage data.
User Check
(1) Check if the printer cable is not too long. It is recommended to use a parallel cable or USB cable that is no longer than 2 meters (6.6 feet) in length.
(2) Check that the printer cable is not damaged or broken. Check also that the printer cable is connected to the correct interface connectors of both the printer and PC.
(3) If an interface switching device is used, remove it and connect the computer directly to the printer and try again.
(4) Check that the appropriate printer driver is selected as ‘Set as Default’. Check also that the correct print port is set for the selected printer driver.
(5) Check that the printer is not connected to the same port which is also connected to a mass storage device or scanner. Remove all other devices and connect the port to the printer only.
(6) Turn off the
Status Monitor
in the
Device Options
tab in the printer driver.
(7) Try printing the test page referring to ‘Test Sample Page’ in Chapter 7.
(8) Try resetting the factory settings.
Possible cause Step Check Result Remedy
Failure inside the printer
1 Is it possible to print the test
No Identify the error type, then refer to the specified section of this chapter.
(P-2) Unable to print full pages of a document with the “PRINT OVERRUN” message.
User Check
(1) Press the button on the control panel to print the data remaining in the printer.
(2) If this does not clear the error, reduce the complexity of your document or reduce the printer resolution.
(3) Add more memory.
(4) Set page protection to
AUTO
by using the supplied printer driver or Remote Printer Console program.
(5) Change the following setting in the printer driver and try again. The best combination of settings below will vary depending on your document.
Graphic Mode / TrueType
TM
mode / Use Printer TrueType
TM
Fonts
NOTE:
This problem may appear if the data is too complex. If it is not cleared by taking the actions above, it will be impossible to print such data under the printer specifications.
4-58
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(P-3) Unable to print full pages of a document with the “MEMORY FULL” message.
User Check
(1) Press the button on the control panel to print the data remaining in the printer.
(2) Reduce the complexity of your document or reduce the printer resolution.
(3) Add more memory.
NOTE:
This problem may appear if the data is too complex.
Possible cause Step Check Result Remedy
Main PCB failure
1 Is it possible to print after reducing the data of a document?
Yes Replace the main PCB.
(P-4) Headers or footers are not printed out even though they are viewed on PC screen.
User Check
Most laser printers have a restricted area that cannot be printed on. Usually the first two lines and last two lines of text cannot print (leaving 62 printable lines). Adjust the top and bottom margins in your document to allow for this.
(P-5) The printer sometimes prints a couple of characters and then ejects the page.
User Check
(For DOS environment only)
The application printer emulation setting and the printer’s emulation do not match. Check in the application software which printer you have selected to make sure the printer is set up correctly.
Remember that the printer emulates widely used printer selections:
HP Laser Jet 6P, HP Laser Jet 6P, Epson FX-850, IBM Proprinter XL
Try setting the printer into HP emulation and then select the HP LaserJet 6P printer in the application software.
(P-6) The headers or footers appear when the document displays on the screen but they do not show up when it is printed.
User Check
Adjust the top and bottom margins of your document.
4-59
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
8. NETWORK PROBLEM
If the error related to network occurs, refer to the following sections;
The Brother print server is not found during setup of the network print software installation or from the printer driver of the Brother printer in Windows
®
.
The Brother print server is not found using the Simple Network Configuration capabilities of Mac OS
®
X.
Make sure you have completed the IP address setting of the Brother print server according to
Chapter 2 of this User’s Guide before installing the network print software or printer driver.
Check the following:
1. Make sure that the printer is powered on, is on-line and ready to print.
2. Check to see if there is any LED activity. Brother print servers have two LEDs on the back panel of the printer.
Network status LEDs
(Light emitting diodes)
(For HL-5250DN)
Fig. 4-27
Both LEDs are off: the print server is not connected to the network.
The upper LED is on: Link status
The upper LED is blinking: Activity status
The lower side LED is on: Link speed is 100M.
The lower side LED is off: Link speed is 10M.
3. Print the Printer Settings Page and check if the settings such as IP address settings are correct for your network. The problem may be the result of mismatched or duplicate IP address. Verify that the IP address is correctly loaded into the print server. And make sure that no other nodes on the network have this IP address. For information on how to print the Printer Settings Page, see Printing the Printer Settings Page on page 7-6.
4. Verify that the print server is on your network as follows:
For Windows
®
Try pinging the print server from the host operating system command prompt with the command:
ping ipaddress
Where ipaddress
is the print server IP address (note that in some instances it can take up to two minutes for the print server to load its IP address after setting the IP address).
4-60
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
For Macintosh
®
For Mac OS
®
9.1 to 9.2
(1) From the
Apple
menu, open the
Chooser
.
(2) Click the
Brother Laser (IP)
icon, and make sure that your print server name appears in the right frame. If it is visible, then the connection is good. Otherwise, go to Step 5.
For Mac OS
®
X 10.2.4 or greater
(1) From the
Go
menu, select
Applications
.
(2) Open the
Utilities
folder.
(3) Double-click the
Printer Setup Utility
icon.
(4) Click
Add
.
(For Mac OS
®
(For Mac OS
®
X 10.2.4 to 10.3) Go to (5).
X 10.4) Go to (6).
(5) (For Mac OS
®
X 10.2.4 to 10.3)
Make the following selection.
(6) Make sure that your print server appears. If it is visible, then the connection is good.
Otherwise, go to Step 5.
5. If you have tried 1 to 4 above and it does not work, then reset the print server back to the default factory settings and try from the initial setup again. For information how to reset to the default factory settings, see Restoring the network settings to factory default on page
7-7.
Windows
®
) Firewall setting on your PC may be rejecting the necessary network connection. Follow the instructions below to disable the Firewall. If you are using a personal Firewall software, see the User’s Guide for your software or contact the software manufacturer.
Windows XP SP2 users
the button,
Settings
, and then
Control Panel
. click . the tab. Verify that
Off (not recommended)
is selected.
(4) Click .
4-61
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
Windows
®
XP SP1 users
(1) Locate the “Windows” key on your keyboard. These are the keys with the Windows logo on it.
(2) Press the “Windows” key plus the “E” key to open
My Computer
.
(3) On the left, right click
My Network Places
, click
Properties
, then right click
Local
Area Connection
and click
Properties
.
(4) Click the tab. Under
Internet Connection Firewall
, verify that the box next to
Protect my computer...
is unchecked. If the box is selected, click the box to remove the check. Then, click
OK
.
(5) Once your firewall is disabled, try reinstalling the Brother software package. For instructions on how to install from the CD-ROM, use the Quick Setup Guide we have provided with the machine.
(6) If the installation completed successfully, the Firewall on your computer is rejecting the necessary network connection. In this case, you will need to disable the Firewall on your computer
whenever you install the network drivers.
NOTE:
After the Brother software package is installed, enable again your Firewall. For instructions on how to re-enable your Firewall software, refer to your User’s Guide or contact the Firewall software manufacturer.
4-62
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
<Print job is not printed>
Make sure the status and configuration of the print server. Check following:
1. Make sure that the printer is powered on, is on-line and ready to print.
2. Print the Printer Settings Page of the printer and check if the settings such as IP address settings are correct for your network. The problem may be the result of mismatched or duplicate IP address. Verify that the IP address is correctly loaded into the print server.
And make sure that no other nodes on the network have this IP address.
3. Verify that the print server is on your network as follows:
For Windows
®
(1) Try pinging the print server from the host operating system command prompt with the command:
ping ipaddress
Where ipaddress
is the print server IP address (note that in some instances it can take up to two minutes for the print server to load its IP address after setting the IP address).
(2) If a successful response is received, then proceed to Windows
Windows NT
®
95/98/Me and
®
4.0 Peer-to-Peer print (LPR) troubleshooting, and Windows
®
2000/XP
IPP troubleshooting. Otherwise, proceed to Step 4.
For Macintosh
®
For Mac OS
®
9.1 to 9.2
(1) From the
Apple
menu, open the
Chooser
.
(2) Click the
Brother Laser (IP)
icon, and make sure that your print server name appears in the right frame. If it is visible, then the connection is good. Otherwise, go to Step
(4).
For Mac OS
®
X 10.2.4 or greater
(1) From the
Go
menu, select
Applications
.
(2) Open the
Utilities
folder.
(3) Double-click the
Printer Setup Utility
icon.
(4) Click
Add
.
(For Mac OS
®
(For Mac OS
®
X 10.2.4 to 10.3) Go to (5).
X 10.4) Go to (6).
(5) (For Mac OS
®
X 10.2.4 to 10.3)
Make the following selection.
4-63
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
(6) Make sure that your print server appears. If it is visible, then the connection is good.
Otherwise, go to Step 4.
4. If you have tried 1 to 4 above and it does not work, then reset the print server back to the default factory settings and try from the initial setup again. For information how to reset to the default factory settings, see Restoring the network settings to factory default on page
7-7.
<Error during printing>
If you try to print while other users are printing large amounts of data (e.g. many pages or color pages with high resolution), the printer is unable to accept your print job until the ongoing printing is finished. If the waiting time of your print job exceeds a certain limit, a time out situation occurs, which causes the error message. In such situations, execute the print job again after the other jobs are completed.
4-64
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
<Windows
®
95/98/Me and Windows NT
®
4.0 Peer-to-Peer print (LPR) troubleshooting>
If you are having trouble printing on a Windows
®
95/98/Me, Windows NT
®
4.0 or later Peer-to-
Peer network (LPR method), check the following:
1. Make sure that the Brother LPR Port driver is correctly installed and configured according to the Windows
®
95/98/Me or Windows NT
®
4.0 Peer-to-Peer chapters.
2. Try to turn the
Byte Count
on in the
Configure port
area of printer driver properties.
You may find that during the installation of BLP software, the screen that prompts you for a
Port name is not displayed. This may happen on some Windows
4.0 computers. Press the ALT and TAB keys to make it appear.
®
95/98/Me and Windows NT
®
<Windows
®
95/98/Me and Windows NT
®
4.0 Peer-to-Peer print (NetBIOS) troubleshooting>
If you are having trouble printing on a Windows
®
Peer network (NetBIOS), check the following:
95/98/Me, Windows NT
®
4.0 or later Peer-to-
1. Make sure that the Brother NetBIOS Port driver is correctly installed and configured according to the Windows
®
95/98/Me or Windows NT
®
4.0 Peer-to-Peer (NetBIOS) chapters. You may find that during the installation of the port driver, the screen that prompts you for a Port name is not displayed. This happens on some Windows
®
95/98/Me and Windows NT
®
4.0 computers. Press the ALT and TAB keys to make it appear.
2. Make sure that the print server is configured to be in the same workgroup or domain as the rest of your computers. It may take several minutes for the print server to appear in the network neighborhood.
<Windows
®
2000/XP IPP troubleshooting>
Want to use a different Port number other than 631.
If you are using Port 631 for IPP printing, you may find that your firewall may not let the print data through. If this is the case, use a different port number (port 80), or configure your
Firewall to allow Port 631 data through.
To send a print job using IPP to a printer using Port 80 (the standard HTTP port) enter the following when configuring your Windows
®
2000/XP system. http://ip_address/ipp
Get More Info option in Windows
®
2000 not working
If you are using a URL of: http://ip_address:631 or http://ip_address:631/ipp , the
Get More Info
option in Windows
Info
option, use the following URL:
®
2000 will not function. If you wish to use the
Get More
http://ip_address
This will then force Windows
® server.
2000/XP to use Port 80 to communicate with the Brother print
<Web browser troubleshooting (TCP/IP)>
1. If you can not connect to the print server using your web browser it may be worth checking the Proxy Settings of your browser. Look in the Exceptions setting and if necessary, type in the IP address of the print server. This will stop your PC from trying to connect to your
ISP or proxy server every time you wish to look at the printer server.
2. Make sure that you are using the proper web browser, we recommend Microsoft Internet
Explorer version 6.0 (or higher) or Netscape
®
version 7.1 (or higher).
4-65
Confidential
CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING
8.4 Wireless Network Troubleshooting
<Wireless setup problems>
The Brother print server is not found during setup using the automatic installer application on the CD-ROM.
1. Make sure that the printer is powered on, is on-line and ready to print.
2. Move your Brother printer closer to the computer and try again.
3. Reset the print server back to its default factory settings and try again. For the information how to reset to the factory default settings.
<Wireless connection problem>
The wireless network connection is sometimes disabled.
The wireless network connection status is affected by the environment where the Brother printer and other wireless devices are located. The following conditions may cause connection problems:
- A concrete or metal framed wall is installed between the Brother printer and the access point.
- Electric appliances such as televisions, computer appliances, microwave ovens, intercoms, mobile/cellular phones and the battery chargers and AC power adapters are installed close to your network.
- A broadcast station or high-tension wire is located close to your network.
- A fluorescent light is being switching ON or OFF.
4-66
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
To avoid creating secondary problems by mishandling, follow the warnings and precautions below during maintenance work.
WARNING
•
Always turn off the power switch and unplug the power cord from the power outlet before accessing any parts inside the printer.
•
Some parts inside the printer are extremely hot immediately after the printer is used.
When opening the front cover or back cover to access any parts inside the printer, never touch the red colored parts shown in the following figures.
!
CAUTION:
(1) Be careful not to lose screws, washers, or other parts removed.
(2) Be sure to apply grease to the gears and applicable positions specified in this chapter.
(3) When using soldering irons or other heat-generating tools, take care not to accidentally damage parts such as wires, PCBs and covers.
(4) Static electricity charged in your body may damage electronic parts. When transporting
PCBs, be sure to wrap them in conductive sheets.
(5) When replacing the PCB and all the other related parts, put on a grounding wrist band and perform the job on a static mat. Also take care not to touch the conductor sections on the flat cables or on the wire harness.
(6) Be sure to replace self-tapping screws correctly, if removed. Unless otherwise specified, tighten screws to the following torque values.
TAPTITE, BIND or CUP B
M3:
M4: y
m y m
TAPTITE, CUP S
M3:
(7) After disconnecting flat cables, check that each cable is not damaged at its end or shortcircuited.
(8) When connecting flat cables, do not insert them at an angle. After insertion, check that the cables are not at an angle.
(9) When connecting or disconnecting cable connectors, hold the connector body, not the cables. If the connector has a lock, release the connector lock first to release it.
(10) After a repair, check not only the repaired portion but also all connectors. Also check that other related portions are functioning properly before operational checks.
5-1
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
2. PACKING
Drum/toner ASSY
Pad
Pad
Accessory bag
AC power cord
Option carton
Pad
Printer
Fig. 5-1
5-2
Carton
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
3. SCREW TORQUE LIST
1 Frame L/Drive Unit
No. Parts
1
2
3
4
5
Parts name Location Pcs.
Tightening torque
N m (kgf • cm)
085311016 Taptite, bind B M3 x 10
Ejector solenoid
087320616 Taptite, cup S M3 x 6
Main motor
085311016 Taptite, bind B M3 x 10
T1, MP, Register solenoid
085411216 Taptite, bind B M4 x 12
Gear plate
085411216 Taptite, bind B M4 x 12
Main shield
1
4
3
8
3
0.5
0.7
0.5
0.9
0.9
±
0.1(5
±
1)
±
0.1(7
±
1)
±
0.05(5
±
0.5)
±
0.05(9
±
0.5)
±
0.1(9
±
1)
1
2
No. Parts Parts name Location Pcs.
Tightening torque
N m (kgf • cm)
LM2048001
Screw, pan (S/P washer)
M3.5 x 6
Ground wire
085411216 Taptite, bind B M4 x 12
SW holder
1
1
0.5
0.8
±
0.05 (5
±
0.5)
±
0.1(8
±
1)
3
4
5
085411216 Taptite, bind B M4 x 12
Under bar
085411216 Taptite, bind B M4 x 12
Paper feed unit
4
8
0.7
±
0.1(7
±
1)
0.8
±
0.1(8
±
1)
085411216 Taptite, bind B M4 x 12
±
0.1(8
±
1)
6
7
085411216 Taptite, bind B M4 x 12
±
0.1(8
±
1)
085411216 Taptite, bind B M4 x 12
Base plate 9
0.8
±
0.1(8
±
1)
4
8
9
10
LM5867001 Taptite, cup S M3 x 6 SR Main PCB
LM5867001 Taptite, cup S M3 x 6 SR Shield cover
087320616 Taptite, cup S M3 x 6
Scanner plate
4
6
0.75
±
0.1(7.5
±
1)
0.75
±
0.1(7.5
±
1)
0.7
±
0.1(7
±
1)
No. Parts
1
2
3
4
Parts name
085310816 Taptite, bind B M3 x 8
085310816 Taptite, bind B M3 x 8
085310816 Taptite, bind B M3 x 8
085411216 Taptite, bind B M4 x 12
1
2
3
4 Cover
No. Parts Parts name
085411216 Taptite, bind B M4 x 12
087310816 Taptite, cup B M3 x 8
085411216 Taptite, bind B M4 x 12
Location Pcs.
Tightening torque
N m (kgf • cm)
PE EG sensor 1
0.5
±
0.1(5
±
1)
MP PE sensor
MP feed frame
1
2
0.5
±
0.1(5
±
1)
0.5
±
0.1(5
±
1)
Regist frame (2),
MP tray unit (2),
Chute 2 (2)
6
0.7
±
0.1(7
±
1)
Location Pcs.
Tightening torque
N m (kgf • cm)
Inner chute
Panel PCB
Cover
6 (7) 0.8
±
0.1(8
±
1)
3
0.5
±
0.1(5
±
1)
6
0.7
±
0.1(7
±
1)
5-3
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
4. HARNESS ROUTING
1
MP PE sensor ASSY
Hook "A"
Printer top side
(Printer body upside down)
Hole
Hook "B"
MP feed frame
Hook "A"
MP PE sensor ASSY
MP feed frame
5-4
High-voltage PS PCB ASSY
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
2
PE EG sensor ASSY
Hole "A"
Hook "B"
PE EG sensor ASSY
Printer top side
(Printer body upside down)
Hook "B"
Hole "A"
PE EG sensor ASSY
Paper feed frame
Paper feed frame
Hook "A"
3
High-voltage PS PCB ASSY
Interlock SW ASSY
Relay front PCB ASSY
Pin
Hooks
Interlock SW ASSY
Frame L
Pin
Hook
5-5
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
4
Toner sensor PCB unit ASSY
Relay front PCB ASSY
Pin
Hooks
Frame L
Hook
5
Pin
Hook
Toner sensor PCB unit ASSY
Hook
Register solenoid ASSY
Relay front PCB ASSY
Pin
Hooks
Pin
Frame L
Hook
Hook
Hook
Register solenoid ASSY
Hook
Hook
5-6
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
6
MP solenoid ASSY
Relay front PCB ASSY
Pin
Hooks
Frame L
Hooks
7
Pin
Hook
MP solenoid ASSY
T1 solenoid ASSY
Relay front PCB ASSY
Pin
Hooks
Frame L
Hooks
Pin
Hook
T1 solenoid ASSY
5-7
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
8
Relay front PCB ASSY
Frame L
Hook
Relay front PCB ASSY
Main PCB
9
Laser unit
Frame L
Holes
Core
LD harness
(Flat cable)
Main PCB
Hook
Protective film
Polygon motor (Flat cable)
Gear cover
Laser unit
5-8
Confidential
10
Fan motor 60 unit
Frame L
Hooks
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
Fan motor 60 unit
Toner LED PCB unit ASSY
11
Fan motor 60 unit LV
Frame L
Hooks
Hook
Hook
Hook
Toner LED PCB unit ASSY
Fan motor 60 unit LV
5-9
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
12
Toner LED PCB unit ASSY
Hooks
Frame L
Toner LED PCB unit ASSY
Hook
Hole
High-voltage PS PCB ASSY
Hook
Hook
Hooks
Hole
5-10
Printer top side
(Printer body upside down)
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
13
PS PCB unit
Printer top side
(Printer body upside down)
Base plate LV
PS PCB unit
Hook
SW holder ASSY
Power supply switch
<A view>
PS PCB unit terminal
14
FG harness
Main PCB
<A view>
Core
Inlet harness ASSY
Hooks
Shield cover
Main PCB
Shield cover
FG harness
5-11
FG harness
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
15
High-Voltage PS PCB ASSY
Insulation sheet
Hole High-Voltage
PS PCB ASSY
Main PCB
HVPS PCB harness
(Flat cable)
Printer top side
(Printer body upside down)
HVPS PCB harness
(Flat cable)
16
Wireless PCB (PCB T60H929.00 ASSY 02)
Hooks
LD harness
Air duct
Hook
Frame R
Hole
Wireless PCB harness
Hook
<A view>
Main PCB
<A view>
Main PCB
Frame L
Hole
Wireless PCB
(PCB T60H929.00 ASSY 02)
5-12
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
5. LUBRICATION
Gear 82R
Apply grease on the cogs of the motor side
BG2
Drive sub ASSY
* BG2: KANTO KASEI BG- MU (2 mm dia. Ball)
BG2
DEV gear 37R joint drive
Gear cover
* BG2: KANTO KASEI BG- MU (2 mm dia. Ball)
5-13
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
6. DISASSEMBLY FLOW
Basic Operation
Disassembly
/ Re-Assembly (sec.)
(HL-5280DW)
(HL-5240/5250DN)
(HL-5270DN/5280DW)
(HL-5240)
(HL-5250DN/5270DN/5280DW)
5-14
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
7. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
(1) Disconnect the AC cord from the Printer.
Printer
<Back side>
AC cord
Fig. 5-2
(1) Press the front cover release button.
(2) Open the Front cover.
(3) Remove the Drum/toner ASSY.
1
2
<Front side>
Drum/toner ASSY
3
Front cover
Fig. 5-3
5-15
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
7.3 DX Feed ASSY
(1) Remove the DX feed ASSY.
<Back side>
DX feed ASSY
Fig. 5-4
(1) Close the Front cover.
(2) Pull out the Paper tray.
(3) Remove the paper from the Paper tray.
Paper tray
Fig. 5-5
5-16
Front cover
1
<Front side>
2
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(4) Pull up the back side of the Separation pad ASSY.
(5) Push the Hooks provided on both sides of the Separation pad ASSY inwards.
(6) Pull up the Separation pad ASSY.
Separation pad ASSY
Hooks
5
Hook
Hook
5
6
4
Paper tray
(7) Remove the Separation pad spring.
Fig. 5-6
Separation pad spring
<Front side>
Fig. 5-7
5-17
Paper tray
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
(8) Remove the Lift gear 46.
Plate up plate
Plate up plate
Lift gear 46
Hook
Lift gear 46
Hook
Fig. 5-8
(9) Remove the Gear 21-16.
Paper tray
Gear 21-16
Fig. 5-9
Paper tray
5-18
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(10) Remove the Gear 15.
Gear 15
Fig. 5-10
Paper tray
<Front side>
5-19
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
(1) Open the Back cover.
(2) Remove the Arms of the Back cover from the Pins.
(3) Remove the Back cover.
Pin
2
1
3
Pin
Back cover
Fig. 5-11
7.6 DX Blank Cover (For HL-5240)
(1) Push the Hooks on both sides of the DX blank cover inwards to release them, and remove the DX blank cover.
Hook
Hook
Fig. 5-12
5-20
DX blank cover
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
7.7 Outer Chute ASSY
(1) Hold the Knobs on the Outer chute ASSY and pull down this to your side.
(2) Remove the Arms of the Outer chute ASSY from the Pins.
(3) Remove the Outer chute ASSY.
Pin
2
<Back side>
1
3
1
Knob
Pin
Knob
Outer chute ASSY
1
Fig. 5-13
(4) Remove the bind B M3x8 Taptite screw.
(5) Lift up the side where the eject actuator is assembled of the Sub outer chute slightly (to the direction of 5a), and move the Sub outer chute to the direction of 5b.
(6) Lift up the Sub outer chute to remove.
Sub outer chute
Taptite, bind B M3x8
Hooks
6
5b
5a
Outer chute ASSY
Pin
Fig. 5-14
5-21
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
(7) Push the Hook of the Sub outer chute (indicated by the arrow 7a), and move the Eject actuator to the direction of 7b.
(8) Lift up the Eject actuator to remove.
(9) Remove the Eject actuator spring.
Eject actuator spring
Rib
Eject actuator
8
7b
9
Sub outer chute
7a
Hook
Fig. 5-15
Assembling Note:
When assembling the Eject actuator spring, ensure that its direction is correct referring to the figure below.
Eject actuator
Eject actuator spring
Fig. 5-16
Sub outer chute
5-22
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(1) Remove the bind B M4x16 Taptite screw. Release the Hooks in the order of 1a, 1b and
1c. Remove the FU harness cover 1.
1a 1b
1c
Taptite, bind B M4x16
FU harness cover 1
Hooks
Fig. 5-17
(2) Remove the Heater terminal L and Heater terminal S from the Fuser unit while holding the
Fuser unit.
Fuser unit
Heater terminal L
Fig. 5-18
Heater terminal S
5-23
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
(3) Pull the FU harness cover 2 to the direction of 3a while pressing the Hook and pull out the
FU harness cover 2 from the back of the printer.
3a
FU harness cover 2
Hook
3b
Fig. 5-19
(4) Disconnect the connectors of the Thermistor ASSY M and Thermistor ASSY S from the
Relay rear PCB ASSY, and remove the harnesses of these thermistors.
Thermistor ASSY M
Fuser unit
Thermistor ASSY S
Relay rear PCB ASSY
Fig. 5-20
5-24
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(5) Remove the cup B M4x16 Taptite screw, and then remove Fuser unit.
Taptite, cup B M4x16
Fuser unit
Fig. 5-21
7.9 Tray MP ASSY
(1) Open the MP tray cover ASSY.
(2) Release the Bosses of the Tray MP ASSY from the MP tray cover ASSY.
(3) Remove the Tray MP ASSY.
Process cover ASSY
Boss
Boss
2
3
2
Fig. 5-22
Tray MP ASSY
1
MP tray cover ASSY
5-25
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
7.10 MP Tray Cover ASSY/Process Cover ASSY
(1) Push the front cover release button.
(2) Open Process cover ASSY.
(3) Release the Hook to remove the Process cover stopper.
1
Process cover ASSY
2
Drive release link
Hook
3
MP tray cover ASSY
Process cover stopper
Fig. 5-23
(4) Remove the MP tray cover ASSY and the Process cover ASSY to the direction of 4a and
4b to release the Bosses, and remove them.
Boss
4a
4b
MP tray cover ASSY
Fig. 5-24
Boss
Process cover ASSY
5-26
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(5) Pull the Arm outwards and remove the Process cover ASSY from the MP tray cover
ASSY.
Process cover ASSY
Arm
MP tray cover ASSY
Fig. 5-25
(6) Remove the cup B M4x10 Taptite screw, and then remove the Process cover stopper.
Process cover
Process cover stopper
Taptite, cup B M4x10
Fig. 5-26
(7) Remove the Support lap from the Process cover.
Support lap
Process cover
Fig. 5-27
5-27
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
7.11 Access Cover/Side Cover L
(1) Remove the Access cover.
Access cover
1
<Left side>
Fig. 5-28
(2) Remove the two bind B M4x12 Taptite screws, and then remove the Side cover L by releasing the Hooks from 2a to 2d.
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Hook
Side cover L
2d
2a
Hooks
2c
2b
Fig. 5-29
Hooks
Taptite, bind B M4x12
5-28
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(1) Remove the four cup S M3x6 SR Taptite screws, remove the FG harness and then remove the Shield cover.
Taptite, cup S M3x6 SR
Taptite, cup S M3x6 SR
Shield cover
FG harness
Fig. 5-30
(2) Disconnect the five connectors and six flat cables from the Main PCB.
NOTE:
- After disconnecting the flat cable(s), check that each cable is not damaged at its end or short-circuited.
- When connecting the flat cable(s), do not insert it at an angle. After insertion, check that the cable is not at an angle.
LD harness (Flat cable)
Panel PCB connector
Relay front (Flat cable)
DX solenoid connector
Wireless PCB connector (For HL-5280DW)
Polygon motor (Flat cable)
Main PCB
LVPS PCB connector
Main motor (Flat cable)
Relay rear (Flat cable)
LT connector
HVPS PCB (Flat cable)
Fig. 5-31
Assembling Note:
When assembling the Main PCB, ensure to place the Ferrite Core correctly. Refer to
“ APPENDIX 7.LOCATION OF THE FERRITE CORE ” in details.
5-29
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
(3) Remove the four cup S M3x6 SR Taptite screws and two Screws to remove the Main PCB by following the direction of 3a and 3b.
Main PCB
Screws
3a
3b
Taptite, cup S M3x6 SR
FG harness
Fig. 5-32
7.13 Gear Plate Calking ASSY AL/Develop Joint/ Main Motor ASSY AL
(1) Place the printer body so that the Frame L is at the top.
(2) Remove the eight bind B M4x12 Taptite screws and one cup S M3x6 taptite screw.
(3) Remove the Gear plate calking ASSY AL from the Frame L.
NOTE:
Be careful not to drop the gear.
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Gear plate calking ASSY AL
Taptite, cup S M3x6
Fig. 5-33
5-30
Frame L
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(4) Remove the four cup S M3x6 Taptite screws, and then remove the Main motor ASSY AL.
Taptite, cup S M3x6
Main motor ASSY AL
Taptite, cup S M3x6
Gear plate calking ASSY AL
Taptite, cup S M3x6
Fig. 5-34
(5) Remove the Develop joint from the Gear plate calking ASSY AL.
Develop joint
Gear plate calking ASSY AL
Fig. 5-35
5-31
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
7.14 Main Shield Plate ASSY
(1) Remove the Insulation sheet.
Insulation sheet
Frame L
Fig. 5-36
(2) Remove the bind B M4x12 Taptite screw.
(3) Remove the bind B M4x12 Taptite screw, and then remove the Plate.
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Plate
Pin
Frame L
Pin
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Fig. 5-37
Assembling Note:
- When assembling the Plate, ensure to put the Plate into the base plate LV.
- When assembling the Plate, secure the screw at the Frame L side first, then the screw at the base plate LV side.
5-32
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(4) Remove the three bind B M4x12 Taptite screws and cup S M3x6 Taptite screw, and then remove the Main shield plate ASSY.
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Taptite, cup S M3x6
Frame L
Main shield plate ASSY
Fig. 5-38
Assembling Note:
When assembling the Main shield plate ASSY, be careful not to bend the Ground wire AL of the Frame L.
Joint cover
Inner chute AL
Ground wire AL
Main shield plate ASSY
Fig. 5-39
5-33
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
7.15 Relay Rear PCB ASSY/Connector
(1) Remove the Relay rear PCB ASSY.
Relay rear PCB ASSY
DX sensor
(For HL-5250DN/5270DN/5280DW)
Hook
Frame L
Fig. 5-40
(2) Remove the Connector harness.
(3) Disconnect the LT connector while pressing the Hook inwards.
Connector harness
LT connector
Hook
Frame L
Hook
Fig. 5-41
5-34
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
Assembling Note:
When assembling the LT connector, ensure that its direction is correct referring to the figure below.
Frame L
Boss
Fig. 5-42
LT connector
5-35
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
7.16 Relay Front PCB ASSY
(1) Remove the Relay front PCB ASSY.
(2) Disconnect the five connectors from the Relay front PCB ASSY.
Relay front PCB ASSY
Pin
Hook
Frame L
Hook
Pin
Fig. 5-43
Inter lock SW connector
MP solenoid connector
Toner sensor PCB connector
Register solenoid connector
T1 solenoid connector
Relay front PCB ASSY
Fig. 5-44
5-36
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
7.17 MP Solenoid ASSY
(1) Remove the cup B M3x8 Taptite screw, and then remove the Spring.
Frame L
Taptite, cup B M3x8
Spring
Fig. 5-45
Assembling Note:
When assembling the Spring, ensure that its direction is correct referring to the figure below.
Spring
Frame L
Fig. 5-46
5-37
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
(2) Remove the bind B M3x10 Taptite screw.
(3) Remove the MP solenoid ASSY, Solenoid release spring P/R and MP solenoid lever.
Taptite, bind B M3x10
Solenoid release spring P/R
MP solenoid lever
MP solenoid ASSY
Frame L
Fig. 5-47
7.18 Drive Release Link
(1) Lift up the back end of the Drive release cam slightly and remove the Drive release cam from the Frame L.
(2) Turn the Drive release link to the direction of the arrow 2 until the groove of the Drive release link is aligned with the guide of the boss as shown in the figure below.
(3) Remove the Drive release cam.
Drive release cam
Drive release link
3
1
Frame L
Guide
2
Fig. 5-48
5-38
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
7.19 T1 Solenoid ASSY
(1) Remove the bind B M3x10 Taptite screw.
(2) Remove the T1 solenoid ASSY and the Solenoid release spring.
Taptite, bind B M3x10
Solenoid release spring
T1 solenoid ASSY
T1 solenoid lever
Frame L
Fig. 5-49
7.20 Toner Sensor PCB
(1) Remove the Toner sensor PCB unit ASSY from the Frame L.
Toner sensor PCB unit ASSY
Frame L
Fig. 5-50
(2) Remove the PT sensor holder from the Toner sensor PCB ASSY AL.
PT sensor holder
Hooks
Toner sensor PCB ASSY AL
Fig. 5-51
5-39
Hooks
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
7.21 Register Solenoid ASSY
(1) Remove the bind B M3x10 Taptite screw.
(2) Remove the Register solenoid ASSY and the Solenoid release spring.
Taptite, bind B M3x10
Solenoid release spring
Register solenoid ASSY
Register solenoid lever
Fig. 5-52
7.22 Ejector Solenoid ASSY (For HL-5250DN/5070DN/5280DW)
Frame L
(1) Remove the bind B M3x10 Taptite screw.
(2) Remove the Ejector solenoid and the Solenoid release spring.
Taptite, bind B M3x10
Solenoid release spring
Frame L
Ejector solenoid
Fig. 5-53
5-40
Ejector solenoid lever
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
7.23 Interlock SW ASSY
(1) Remove the Interlock SW ASSY from the Frame L.
Interlock SW ASSY
Frame L
Hooks
Fig. 5-54
7.24 New Toner Actuator
(1) Remove the New toner actuator and the New toner actuator spring.
New toner actuator
Hook
New toner actuator spring
Frame L
Fig. 5-55
Assembling Note:
When assembling the New toner actuator spring, ensure that its direction is correct referring to the figure below.
New toner actuator spring
Hook
Hook
New toner actuator
Fig. 5-56
5-41
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
(1) Remove the Gear 23.
Frame L
Hook
Gear 23
(2) Remove the Gear 20.
Hook
Gear 20
Frame L
Fig. 5-57
Fig. 5-58
5-42
Confidential
(3) Remove the Gear 17 (black).
Hook
Gear 17 (black)
Frame L
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(4) Remove the Gear 17 (white).
Hook
Gear 17 (white)
Frame L
Fig. 5-59
Fig. 5-60
5-43
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
7.26 Side Cover R
(1) Remove the two bind B M4x12 Taptite screws, and then remove the Side cover R by following the direction from 1a to 1d.
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Hook
Side cover R
1d
Hook
Hooks
1a
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Hooks
1c 1b
Fig. 5-61
Hooks
5-44
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
7.27-1 Top Cover Printed ASSY (For HL-5240/5250DN)
(1) Remove the two bind B M4x12 Taptite screws from the Top cover printed ASSY.
(2) Release all Hooks of the Top cover printed ASSY and lift up the front side of the Top cover printed ASSY.
(3) Remove the Top cover printed ASSY.
Hooks
Top cover printed ASSY
Hooks
Hook
Hook
3
2
Hook
<Front side>
Hook
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Fig. 5-62
7.27-2 Panel PCB ASSY
(1) Turn the Top cover printed ASSY upside down. three
cup B M3x8 Taptite screws, and then remove the Panel PCB ASSY.
Taptite, cup B M3x8
Panel PCB ASSY
Top cover printed ASSY
Fig. 5-63
5-45
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
7.27-3 SW Key A/B
(1) Remove the SW key A from the Top cover printed ASSY.
SW key A
Top cover printed ASSY
Fig. 5-64
(2) Remove the SW key B from the Top cover printed ASSY.
SW key B
Top cover printed ASSY
Fig. 5-65
5-46
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
7.27-4 Inner Chute/Pinch Roller Holder
six
bind B M4x12 Taptite screws, and then remove the Inner chute.
(2) Release all Hooks of the Inner chute and lift up the front side of the Inner chute.
(3) Pull out the Inner chute to the front side.
Taptite, bind B M4x12
a b c
Inner chute
d
Taptite, bind B M4x12
f
Hooks
e
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Top cover printed ASSY
Hooks
Fig. 5-66
Assembling Note:
When assembling the Inner chute, secure the screws according to the order of alphabet described in the figure above.
(4) Turn the Inner chute upside down.
(5) Remove the Pinch roller holder from the Inner chute.
Pinch roller holder
Inner chute
Pinch roller holder
Fig. 5-67
Assembling Note:
When assembling the Pinch roller holder, be sure that its direction is correct as shown in the figure above.
5-47
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
7.28-1 Top Cover 2 Printed ASSY/Panel Plate Printed ASSY (For HL-5270DN/5280DW)
two
bind B M4x12 Taptite screws from the Top cover 2 printed ASSY.
(2) Release all Hooks of the Top cover 2 printed ASSY and lift up the front side of the Top cover 2 printed ASSY.
(3) Remove the Top cover 2 printed ASSY.
Hooks
Top cover 2 printed ASSY
Hooks
Hook
Hook
3
2
Hook
<Front side>
Hook
Fig. 5-68
Taptite, bind B M4x12
(4) Remove the Panel Plate Printed ASSY from the Top cover 2 printed ASSY.
Panel Plate Printed ASSY
Hook
Top cover 2 printed ASSY
Fig. 5-69
5-48
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
7.28-2 Inner Chute/Pinch Roller Holder
(1) Remove the seven bind B M4x12 Taptite screws, and then remove the Inner chute.
(2) Release all Hooks of the Inner chute and lift up the front side of the Inner chute.
(3) Pull out the Inner chute to the front side.
Taptite, bind B M4x12
a b c
Inner chute
g d
Taptite, bind B M4x12
f
Hooks
e
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Top cover 2 printed ASSY
Hooks
Fig. 5-69
Assembling Note:
When assembling the Inner chute, secure the screws according to the order of alphabet described in the figure above.
(4) Turn the Inner chute upside down.
(5) Remove the Pinch roller holder from the Inner chute.
Pinch roller holder
Inner chute
Pinch roller holder
Fig. 5-70
Assembling Note:
When assembling the Pinch roller holder, be sure that its direction is correct as shown in the figure above.
5-49
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
7.28-3 Panel PCB ASSY
(1) Disconnect the LCD panel PCB harness and Back light PCB harness from the LCD panel
PCB ASSY.
NOTE:
- After disconnecting the flat cable(s), check that each cable is not damaged at its end or short-circuited.
- When connecting the flat cable(s), do not insert it at an angle. After insertion, check that the cable is not at an angle.
LCD panel PCB harness (Flat cable)
Back light PCB harness
LCD panel PCB ASSY
Top cover 2 printed ASSY
Fig. 5-72
(2) Remove the three cup B M3x8 Taptite screws, and then remove the LCD panel PCB
ASSY.
c
Taptite, cup B M3x8
b
LCD panel PCB ASSY
a
Top cover 2 printed ASSY
Fig. 5-73
Assembling Note:
When assembling the LCD panel PCB ASSY, secure the screws according to the order of alphabet described in the figure above.
5-50
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
7.28-4 SW Key A/B/C /Set Key Printed ASSY
(1) Remove the SW key A from the Top cover 2 printed ASSY.
SW key A
Top cover 2 printed ASSY
Fig. 5-73
(2) Remove the SW key B from the Top cover 2 printed ASSY.
SW key B
Top cover 2 printed ASSY
Fig. 5-74
(3) Remove the SW key C from the Top cover 2 printed ASSY.
SW key C
Top cover 2 printed ASSY
Fig. 5-75
5-51
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
(4) Remove the Set key film.
Set key film
Set key printed ASSY
Top cover 2 printed ASSY
Fig. 5-76
(5) Remove the Set key printed ASSY from the Top cover 2 printed ASSY.
Set key printed ASSY
Top cover 2 printed ASSY
Fig. 5-77
(6) Remove the Key top from the Set key printed ASSY.
Key top
Fig. 5-78
5-52
Set key printed ASSY
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
7.28-5 LCD Holder ASSY
(1) Remove the LCD holder from the Top cover 2 printed ASSY.
LCD holder
Top cover 2 printed ASSY
Fig. 5-79
(2) Remove the Back light PCB ASSY from the LCD holder.
Back light PCB ASSY
LCD holder
Fig. 5-80
5-53
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
(3) Remove the LCD from the LCD holder.
LCD
Fig. 5-82
(4) Remove the Back light film from the LCD holder.
Back light film
LCD holder
LCD holder
Fig. 5-83
5-54
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
7.29 Filter
(1) Slide the Sub duct to the direction of 1b while pressing the three Hooks and remove the
Sub duct from the Air duct.
Air duct
Filter
1b
1a
Hook
Hooks
Fig. 5-83
Sub duct
<Back side>
(2) Remove the Filter from the Air duct.
NOTE:
The filter is dirt. Be careful when disassembling or assembling it.
Air duct
Filter
Fig. 5-84
5-55
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
(1) Remove the Hooks of the Air duct from the frame. Slide the Air duct to the direction of 1b and remove the Air duct.
Hook
Laser unit
1a
Hook
1b
Hook
Air duct
Hook
Fig. 5-85
Hook
(2) Remove the five cup S M3x6 Taptite screws
(3) Remove the Protective film.
(4) Pull out the flat cable from the Core.
(5) Remove the Laser unit.
NOTE:
- Be careful not to lose the Protective film attached on the flat cable.
- Do not touch the Laser scanner window directly.
Laser unit
Taptite, cup S M3x6
Core
Protective film
Taptite, cup S M3x6
Fig. 5-86
Assembling Note:
Before assembling the Laser unit, make sure put on the Core.
5-56
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
7.31 PS PCB Unit
(1) Turn the Printer upside down.
(2) Remove the five bind B M4x12 Taptite screws, and then remove the Base plate LV.
(3) Remove the Screw pan (S/P washer) M3.5x6 from the Base plate LV to remove the PS
PCB unit terminal.
Taptite bind B M4x12
Taptite bind B M4x12
Base plate LV
PS PCB unit terminal
Screw pan (S/P washer)
M3.5x6
<Back side>
Fig. 5-87
(4) Remove the two bind B M4x12 Taptite screws, and then remove the LV insulation sheet.
LV insulation sheet
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Fig. 5-88
5-57
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
(5) Remove the bind B M4x12 Taptite screw, and then remove the SW holder ASSY.
(6) Float the Fan motor 60 unit LV from the Frame R.
NOTE:
Do not remove the Fan motor 60 unit LV at the above step.
Frame R
<Right side>
6
5
SW holder ASSY
Fan motor 60 unit LV
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Fig. 5-89
(7) Remove the Inlet harness ASSY from the SW holder.
(8) Press the Hooks on both sides of the Power supply switch, pull out the Power supply switch to the direction of 8a and pull the wire out of the groove on the SW holder.
Inlet harness ASSY
SW holder
7
8b
8a
Hook
Power supply switch
Hook
Fig. 5-90
Assembling Note:
When assembling the power supply switch onto the SW holder, give attention to the direction of the switch.
5-58
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(9) Remove the harness of the fuser unit and power supply harness.
(10) Put each harness through the space where the fan 60 unit is assembled and remove the
PS PCB unit.
(11) Remove the harness from the PS PCB unit.
PS PCB unit
11
10
Fig. 5-91
5-59
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
7.32 High-Voltage PS PCB ASSY
(1) Remove the four bind B M4x12 Taptite screws, and then remove the Base plate HV.
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Base plate HV
Taptite, bind B M4x12
<Front side>
Pin
Pin
Fig. 5-92
(2) Remove the bind B M4x12 Taptite screw, and then remove the HV insulation sheet.
Taptite, bind B M4x12
HV insulation sheet
Pin
Pin
Fig. 5-93
5-60
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(3) Remove the bind B M4x12 Taptite screw, and then remove the High-voltage PS PCB
ASSY.
(4) Disconnect the three connectors from the High-voltage PS PCB ASSY.
High-voltage PS PCB ASSY
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Pins
Fig. 5-94
High-voltage PS PCB ASSY
MP PE sensor connector
PE EG sensor connector
Toner LED PCB connector
Fig. 5-95
5-61
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
7.33 Toner LED PCB Unit ASSY
(1) Release the two Hooks to remove the Toner LED PCB unit ASSY from the Frame R.
(2) Disconnect the two connectors from the Toner LED PCB.
Frame R
Hook
Pins
Toner LED PCB unit ASSY
<Right side>
Hook
Fan motor 60 unit LV connector
Fan motor 60 unit connector
Toner LED PCB
Fig. 5-96
(3) Release the two Hooks to remove the LED holder from the Toner LED PCB.
Hook
LED holder
Hook
Fig. 5-97
Toner LED PCB
5-62
Confidential
7.34 Fan Motor 60 Unit
(1) Remove the Fan motor 60 unit from the Frame R.
Frame R
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
<Right side>
Fan motor 60 unit
Fig. 5-98
7.35 Fan Motor 60 Unit LV
(1) Remove the Fan motor 60 unit LV from the Frame R.
Frame R
Fan motor 60 unit LV
Fig. 5-99
5-63
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
(1) Remove the six bind B M4x12 Taptite screws from the Frame L.
(2) Remove the Frame L.
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Under bar
Frame L
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Under bar
Fig. 5-100
(1) Remove the five bind B 4x12 Taptite screws from the Frame R.
(2) Remove the Frame R.
Frame R
Taptite, bind B M4x12
<Right side>
Fig. 5-101
5-64
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(1) Cut the Binder bundling the harnesses with nippers.
Binder
Cut
PE EG sensor connector
Paper feed frame
MP PE sensor connector
Fig. 5-102
(2) Remove the two bind B M3x8 Taptite screws.
(3) Lift up the back side of the MP feed frame and pull up the MP feed frame to remove.
Taptite, bind B M3x8
MP feed frame
Taptite, bind B M3x8
Hook
3b
3a
Hook
Fig. 5-103
Paper feed frame
5-65
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
(4) Open the MP feed frame cover.
MP feed frame cover
MP feed frame
Fig. 5-104
(5) Release the Hook to remove the Holder bearing MP from the MP feed frame.
Holder bearing MP
Hook
5c
5a
5b
MP feed frame
Fig. 5-105
5-66
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(6) Slide the MP roller holder ASSY to the direction of 6a and pull it up to remove.
Lift arm MP
MP feed frame
6a
6b
Hook
MP roller holder ASSY
Fig. 5-106
(7) Turn the MP feed frame upside down.
(8) Slide the PE actuator MP B to the direction of 8b while pressing the Hook to the direction of 8a, and pull it up to remove.
PE actuator MP B
8c
8b
Hook
8a
PE actuator MP
MP feed frame
Fig. 5-107
5-67
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
(9) Turn the PE actuator MP to the direction of 9a and pull it up to remove.
PE actuator MP
9b
9a
MP feed frame
Fig. 5-108
(10) Remove the bind B M3x8 Taptite screw, and then remove the MP PE sensor ASSY.
Taptite, bind B M3x8
MP PE sensor ASSY
MP feed frame
Fig. 5-109
5-68
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(11) Lift up the back of the Separation pad ASSY MP to the direction of 11a and pull up the
Separation pad ASSY MP to remove.
Separation pad ASSY MP
MP frame
11b
11a
Fig. 5-110
(12) Remove the MP separation spring from the MP frame.
MP separation spring
MP frame
Fig. 5-111
5-69
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
Assembling Note:
When assembling the MP separation spring, ensure that its direction is correct referring to the figure below.
MP separation spring
Bosses
Fig. 5-112
7.39 Regist Actuator Rear/Regist Actuator Spring
(1) Turn the Paper feed unit upside down.
(2) Release the Hook A of the Actuator cover to pull up the Actuator cover to remove.
Actuator cover
Hook A
Paper feed unit
Hook B
Fig. 5-113
5-70
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(3) Slide the Regist actuator rear to the direction of 3b while pressing the Hook to the direction of 3a and pull up the Regist actuator rear to remove. Then, remove the Regist actuator spring from the Regist actuator rear.
Regist actuator rear
Regist actuator spring
3d
Paper feed unit
3c
3b
3a
Hook
Fig. 5-114
Assembling Note:
When assembling the Regist actuator spring, ensure that its direction is correct referring to the figure below.
Hook
Regist actuator rear
Fig. 5-115
Hook
Regist actuator spring
5-71
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
7.40 Regist Actuator Front/Regist Actuator Spring
(1) Slide the Regist actuator front to the direction of 1b while pressing the Hook to the direction of 1a and pull up the Regist actuator front to remove. Then, remove the Regist actuator spring from the Regist actuator front.
Regist actuator front
1d
Regist actuator spring
Hook
Paper feed unit
1c
1b
1a
Fig. 5-116
Assembling Note:
When assembling the Regist actuator spring, ensure that its direction is correct referring to the figure below.
Hook
Regist actuator spring
Regist actuator front
Hook
Fig. 5-117
5-72
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
7.41 Roller Holder ASSY
(1) Push the Lift arm to the direction of 1a and pull out the pin of the Roller holder ASSY.
Then, turn the Roller holder ASSY to the direction of 1b.
Lift arm
Pin
Roller holder ASSY
1b
Paper feed frame
1a
Fig. 5-118
(2) Slide the Roller holder ASSY to the direction of 2a. Then, lift up the gear side of the
Roller holder ASSY to the direction of 2b and pull it out to the direction of 2c to remove.
Roller holder ASSY
Paper feed frame
2c
2b
“A”
2a
Fig. 5-119
Assembling Note:
When assembling the roller holder ASSY, align the section “A” on the shaft of the roller holder
ASSY with the hole on the paper feed frame.
5-73
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
7.42 PE Actuator/Edge Actuator/Edge Actuator Spring
(1) Remove the Edge actuator spring.
Edge actuator spring
Paper feed frame
Edge actuator
Hooks
Fig. 5-120
(2) Release the hook and remove the Separation R shaft bearing.
Separation R shaft bearing
Hook
Paper feed frame
Fig. 5-121
5-74
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(3) Pull out the Separation roller drive shaft to the direction of the arrow and remove the Edge actuator and PE actuator.
Edge actuator
PE actuator
Separation roller drive shaft
Paper feed frame
Fig. 5-122
5-75
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
7.43 PE EG Sensor ASSY
(1) Remove the two bind B M3x8 Taptite screws, and then remove the MP frame.
Taptite bind B M3x8
MP frame
Taptite bind B M3x8
Paper feed frame
Fig. 5-123
(2) Remove the bind B M3x8 Taptite screw, and then remove the PE EG sensor ASSY.
Taptite bind B M3x8
PE EG sensor ASSY
Paper feed frame
Fig. 5-124
5-76
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
7.44 Wireless PCB (PCB T60H929.00 ASSY 02) (For HL-5280DW)
(1) Disconnect the connector from the Wireless PCB harness.
(2) Remove the Wireless PCB (PCB T60H929.00 ASSY 02) and Wireless PCB holder from the Frame R.
Hook
Frame R
Wireless PCB harness
Wireless PCB
(PCB T60H929.00 ASSY 02)
Wireless PCB holder
Fig. 5-125
(3) Remove the Wireless PCB (PCB T60H929.00 ASSY 02) from the Wireless PCB holder.
Wireless PCB holder
Wireless PCB
(PCB T60H929.00 ASSY 02)
Hook
Fig. 5-126
5-77
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
8. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE (LT-5300)
(1) Pull out the Paper tray from the LT-5300.
Paper tray
Fig. 5-127
(2) Pull up the back side of the Separation pad ASSY.
(3) Push the Hooks provided on both sides of the Separation pad ASSY inwards.
(4) Pull up the Separation pad ASSY.
Hooks
Separation pad ASSY
3
Hook
Hook
3
4
2
Fig. 5-128
5-78
Paper tray
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(5) Remove the Separation pad spring.
Separation pad spring
(6) Remove the Lift gear 46.
Fig. 5-129
Plate up plate
Paper tray
Plate up plate
Lift gear 46
Hook
Lift gear 46
Hook
Fig. 5-130
Paper tray
5-79
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
(7) Remove the Gear 21-16.
Gear 21-16
(8) Remove the Gear 15.
Fig. 5-131
Paper tray
Gear 15
Fig. 5-132
Paper tray
5-80
Confidential
8.2 LT Front Cover ASSY
(1) Remove the two bind B M4x12 Taptite screws.
(2) Remove the LT front cover ASSY.
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
LT front cover ASSY
Fig. 5-133
Taptite, bind B M4x12
(3) Remove the LT front paper guide from the LT front cover ASSY while pulling the two hooks inwards.
LT front paper guide
Fig. 5-134
Hooks
LT front cover ASSY
5-81
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
8.3 LT Rear Cover
(1) Remove the two cup S M3x6 Taptite SR screws.
(2) Remove the LT rear cover.
Taptite, cup S M3x6 SR LT rear cover
<Back side>
Fig. 5-135
8.4 LT Side Cover L
(1) Remove the bind B M4x12 Taptite screw.
(2) Remove the cup S M3x6 Taptite SR screw.
(3) Release the Hooks in the order of the arrows and remove the LT side cover L.
Taptite, cup S M3x6 SR
3c
Boss
3d
<Left side>
LT side cover L
Hooks
3e
Hooks
Fig. 5-136
3a
3b
5-82
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
8.5 LT Side Cover R
(1) Remove the bind B M4x12 Taptite screw.
(2) Remove the cup S M3x6 Taptite SR screw.
(3) Release the Hooks in the order of the arrows and remove the LT side cover R.
Taptite, cup S M3x6 SR
3c
Boss
LT side cover R
<Right side>
3d
Hooks
3a
3e
3b
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Fig. 5-137
5-83
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
8.6 LT PCB ASSY
(1) Disconnect the connectors from the LT PCB ASSY.
(2) Remove the bind B M4x12 Taptite screw, and then remove the LT PCB ASSY.
Hook
LT PCB ASSY
LT PCB ASSY
LT frame L
Taptite, bind B M4x12
<Left side>
LT sensor harness
ASSY 1 connector
LT sensor PCB connector
LT sensor harness
ASSY 2 connector
Fig. 5-138
LT solenoid connector
5-84
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(1) Remove the LT sensor harness ASSY 1 from the Connector: 55533-1219.
(2) Disconnect the Connector: 55533-1219 while pressing the Hooks inwards.
Connector: 55533-1219
Hook
Hook
LT sensor harness ASSY 1
LT frame L
Fig. 5-139
(1) Remove the LT sensor harness ASSY 2 from the Connector: 54702-1219.
(2) Disconnect the Connector: 54702-1219 while pressing the Hooks inwards.
LT sensor harness ASSY 2
Hook
Connector: 54702-1219
LT frame L
Hook
Fig. 5-140
5-85
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
8.9 Gear 24 LT
(1) Place the LT so that the LT frame L is at the top.
(2) Release the Hook to remove the Gear 20 T1 roller drive from the LT frame L.
LT frame L
Hook
<Left side>
Gear 20 T1 roller drive
Fig. 5-141
(3) Remove the Retaining ring E4.
(4) Remove the Gear 24 LT from the LT frame L.
Retaining ring E4 LT frame L
Gear 24 LT
Fig. 5-142
5-86
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(1) Remove the Gear plate ground spring from the LT frame L.
LT frame L
Gear plate ground spring
Fig. 5-143
(2) Remove the cup S M3x6 Taptite SR screw, and then remove the Feed roller ground plate.
Taptite, cup S M3x6 SR
LT frame L
Feed roller ground plate
Fig. 5-144
5-87
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
(3) Remove the T1 sector gear spring LT from the LT frame L.
T1 sector gear spring LT
LT frame L
Fig. 5-145
Assembling Note:
When assembling the T1 sector gear spring LT, ensure that its direction is correct referring to the figure below.
T1 sector gear spring LT
T1 sector gear
LT frame L
Hook
Fig. 5-146
LT drive unit
5-88
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(4) Remove the LT solenoid harness from the hooks of the LT drive unit.
LT drive unit
Hooks Hooks
LT solenoid harness
LT solenoid ASSY
Fig. 5-147
(5) Remove the cup S M3x6 Taptite screw.
(6) Remove the four bind B M4x12 Taptite screws, and then remove the LT drive unit.
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Taptite, bind B M4x12
LT drive unit
Taptite, cup S M3x6
Ground wire top
Fig. 5-148
5-89
LT frame L
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
(7) Remove the Clutch spring from the LT drive unit.
Clutch spring
LT drive unit
Fig. 5-149
(8) Remove the Collar 6.
(9) Remove the Clutch arm ASSY from the LT drive unit.
Collar 6
Clutch arm ASSY
LT drive unit
Fig. 5-150
(10) Remove the Collar 6 from the Clutch arm ASSY.
Clutch arm ASSY
Collar 6
Fig. 5-151
5-90
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
8.11 LT Solenoid ASSY
(1) Remove the bind B M3x10 Taptite screw, and then remove the LT solenoid ASSY.
(2) Remove the Solenoid release spring P/R from the LT solenoid ASSY.
Solenoid release spring P/R
LT frame L
Taptite, bind B M3x10
LT solenoid ASSY
Fig. 5-152
5-91
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
8.12 Roller Holder ASSY
(1) Push the Lift arm to the direction of the arrow 1a and pull out the pin of the Roller holder
ASSY. Then, turn the Roller holder ASSY to the direction of the arrow 1b.
Pin
Lift arm
Roller holder ASSY
1b
LT paper feed frame
1a
Fig. 5-153
(2) Slide the Roller holder ASSY to the direction of the arrow 2a. Then, lift up the gear side of the Roller holder ASSY to the direction of the arrow 2b and pull it out to the direction of the arrow 2c to remove.
Roller holder ASSY
2c
2b
“A”
Paper feed frame
2a
Fig. 5-154
Assembling Note:
When assembling the roller holder ASSY, align the section “A” on the shaft of the roller holder ASSY with the hole on the paper feed frame.
5-92
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
8.13 Edge Actuator Spring
(1) Remove the Edge actuator spring.
Edge actuator spring
LT paper feed frame
Edge actuator
Hooks
Fig. 5-155
5-93
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
8.14 PE Actuator , Edge Actuator
(1) Release the Hook and remove the Separation R shaft bearing.
Separation R shaft bearing
Hook
LT paper feed frame
Fig. 5-156
(2) Pull out the Separation roller drive shaft to the direction of the arrow and remove the Edge actuator and PE actuator.
Edge actuator
PE actuator
Separation roller drive shaft
LT paper feed frame
Fig. 5-157
5-94
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
8.15 LT Sensor PCB ASSY
(1) Remove the two bind B M4x12 Taptite screws.
(2) Remove the four cup S M3x6 Taptite SR screws, and then remove the LT frame L.
Taptite, cup S M3x6 SR
Taptite, bind B M4x12
Under bar
Taptite, cup S M3x6 SR
Taptite, bind B M4x12
LT frame L
Under bar
Fig. 5-158
(3) Remove the two cup S M3x6 Taptite SR screws, and then remove the LT paper feed frame.
LT paper feed frame
LT frame R
Fig. 5-159
5-95
Taptite, cup S M3x6 SR
Confidential
CHAPTER 5 DISASSEMBLY AND RE-ASSEMBLY
(4) Remove the two cup B M3x12 Taptite screws, and then remove the LT front beam.
Taptite, cup B M3x12
LT front beam
LT paper feed frame
Fig. 5-160
(5) Remove the bind B M3x8 Taptite screw, and then remove the LT sensor PCB ASSY.
Taptite, bind B M3x8
LT sensor PCB ASSY
LT paper feed frame
Fig. 5-161
5-96
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 6 ADJUSTMENTS AND UPDATING OF SETTINGS,
REQUIRED AFTER PARTS REPLACEMENT
1. IF YOU REPLACE THE MAIN PCB
The table below shows the ROM type of each main PCB.
Model
HL-5240
Main PCB (For a supplied part)
ROM 0 ROM 1
8 Mbyte Flash ROM x 1 N/A
HL-5250DN 8 Mbyte Flash ROM x 1 2 Mbyte Flash ROM x 1
HL-5270DN 8 Mbyte Flash ROM x 1
HL-5280DW 8 Mbyte Flash ROM x 1
4 Mbyte Flash ROM x 1
4 Mbyte Flash ROM x 1
<What to do when replacing the main PCB>
Rewriting the firmware (ROM) of the printer
Setting the default paper size.
Setting the serial number.
<Which part to use for the operation>
HL-5240 MAIN PCB ASSY 5240
FW: MAIN CONTROLLER AL
HL-5240L MAIN PCB ASSY 5240L
FW: MAIN CONTROLLER 5240L
HL-5250DN MAIN PCB ASSY 5250
FW: MAIN CONTROLLER AL
FW: BRNET AL
HL-5270DN MAIN PCB ASSY 5270
FW: MAIN CONTROLLER AL
FW: BRNET AL
HL-5280DW MAIN PCB ASSY 5280DW US
MAIN PCB ASSY 5280DW EU
FW: MAIN CONTROLLER AL
FW: BRNET ALW
6-1
Confidential
CHAPTER 6 ADJUSTMENTS AND UPDATING OF SETTINGS,
REQUIRED AFTER PARTS REPLACEMENT
<What you should prepare>
(Windows
®
XP/2000 or later)
Create the “hl5200” folder in the C drive, for example.
2) HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW target printer
3) USB cable (one piece)
Copy the installed program into the “hl5200” folder that has been created in the C drive.
5) Target firmware: LZXXXX_$.BLF (firmware of the printer)
LZXXXX_$.BLF LZXXXX: First six digits of the part number of the firmware
$: Alphabet representing the revision of the firmware.
Extract it and copy the extracted files into the “hl5200” folder that has been created in the
C drive.
6) Setting file of the default paper size:
Extract this file to set the default paper size.
S5200E (A4 size), s5200U (Letter size), s5200I (A4 size, Israeli font setting for Israel),
AL_CHN.pjl (A4 size, Thin paper setting for China)
7) BR_DEVELOP.zip file
Copy it into the “hl5200” folder that has been created in the C drive. Extract the copied file.
Copy it into the “hl5200” folder that has been created in the C drive. Extract the copied file and run the bramainte.exe file by double-clicking.
Refer to the following steps for installing the printer driver.
6-2
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
Installing the printer driver
To identify terminals connected via USB interface, the PC requires the corresponding virtual USB devices to be implemented by driver. If you connect any number of printers to your PC, therefore, the same number of virtual USB devices will be automatically configured on your PC. To prevent virtual USB devices from being configured limitlessly, use the unique driver installation procedure described below that enables your PC to identify terminals via single virtual USB device.
NOTE:
Once this installation procedure is carried out for the PC, no more driver installation will be required for that PC to identify machines.
1. Unplug the USB cable, if the printer is connected to the PC.
2. (HL-5240/5250DN)
Turn the power supply of the printer on while holding down the
Go
button and the
Job
Cancel
button. Make sure that all LEDs are on. The
Status
LED lights up when releasing the
Go
button and the
Job Cancel
button.* Press the
Go
button for five times (ROM 0). A few seconds later, the printer goes into the ROM rewriting mode.
* The printer goes back to the normal mode automatically when the printer remains no operation while the
Status
LED is lighting.
(HL-5270DN/5280DW)
Turn the power supply of the printer on while holding down the
Set
key and the
Back
key. Select the appropriate mode by pressing the ◄ ► keys.
Make sure that “
PRL->ROM0 W
” on the LCD panel and press the
Set
key to be set. “
Send BLF file..
” message appears on the LCD panel. A few seconds later, the printer goes into the ROM rewriting mode.
3. Connect the USB cable with the printer. The following screen appears, indicating the detection of new hardware device by the system.
6-3
Confidential
CHAPTER 6 ADJUSTMENTS AND UPDATING OF SETTINGS,
REQUIRED AFTER PARTS REPLACEMENT
4. Select “Search for a suitable driver for my device (recommended)” and click
Next
.
5. Select “Specify a location” and click
Next
.
6. Select the “BR_DEVELOP” folder in the C drive, then click
OK
.
6-4
Confidential
7. Click .
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
8. To proceed, click
Yes
.
9. If the driver is successfully installed, the following message window appears. Click
Finish
to return Windows.
6-5
Confidential
CHAPTER 6 ADJUSTMENTS AND UPDATING OF SETTINGS,
REQUIRED AFTER PARTS REPLACEMENT
<Procedures>
After the installation procedure of the printer driver is completed, refer to the following steps for the detailed procedures to rewrite the firmware.
Rewriting the firmware (ROM) of the printer
(HL-5240/5250DN)
1) Connect the PC and printer with the USB cable.
2) Turn the power supply of the printer on while holding down the
Go
button and the
Job
Cancel
button. Make sure that all LEDs are on. The
Status
LED lights up when releasing the
Go
button and the
Job Cancel
button.* Press the
Go
button for five times
(ROM 0) or six times (ROM 1). A few seconds later, the printer goes into the ROM rewriting mode.
* The printer goes back to the normal mode automatically when the printer remains no operation while the
Status
LED is lighting.
3) Start the PC.
4) Open the “hl5200” folder and double-click the FILEDG32 icon to start. Make sure that there is the “
kensa
” icon, and that no error occurs.
Fig. 6-1
5) Click the “
kensa
” icon in FILEDG32 to select.
6) Drag the firmware (LZ………) in the same folder and drop it onto the icon of the applicable model in FILEDG32.
The files in the firmware are sent to the printer so that they are started to write into the flash ROM automatically. After finishing receiving the files, the printer starts to rewrite the firmware.
7) The LED blinks irregularly while the firmware being written. Then, be sure not to disconnect the USB cable or to turn off the power supply of the PC before all LEDs are
ON to indicate that this firmware rewriting is done.
8) Turn the power supply of the printer off.
NOTE:
If the error related to the BLF file or the printer occurs, the red Status LED lights up.
6-6
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
(HL-5270DN/5280DW)
1) Connect the PC and printer with the USB cable.
2) Turn the power supply of the printer on while holding down the
Set
key and the
Back
key.
Select the appropriate mode by pressing the ◄ ► keys.
“
PRL->ROM0 W
” (For rewriting the ROM 0)
“
PRL->ROM1 W
” (For rewriting the ROM 1)
Press the
Set
key to be set. Make sure that “
Send BLF file..
” message appears on the
LCD panel.
3) Start the PC.
4) Open the “hl5200” folder and double-click the FILEDG32 icon to start. Make sure that there is the “
kensa
” icon, and that no error occurs.
Fig. 6-2
the
kensa
” icon in FILEDG32 to select.
6) Drag the firmware (LZ………) in the same folder and drop it onto the icon of the applicable model in FILEDG32.
The files in the firmware are sent to the printer so that they are started to write into the flash ROM automatically. After finishing receiving the files, the printer starts to rewrite the firmware.
7) The address messages appear on the LCD panel while the firmware being written. Then, be sure not to disconnect the USB cable or to turn off the power supply of the PC before all
LEDs are ON to indicate that this firmware rewriting is done. The
“ ….Complete….
” message appears on the LCD panel when the firmware rewriting is done properly.
8) Turn the power supply of the printer off.
NOTE:
If the error related to the BLF file or the printer occurs, the red backlight of the LCD panel lights up and the error message appears.
6-7
Confidential
CHAPTER 6 ADJUSTMENTS AND UPDATING OF SETTINGS,
REQUIRED AFTER PARTS REPLACEMENT
Setting the default paper size
1) Open the “hl5200” folder and double-click the FILEDG32 icon to start. Select the applicable printer and click it. (Make sure that there is the icon of the connected printer and that no error occurs.)
2) Drag “s5200E” (A4 size), “s5200U” (Letter size), “s5200I” (A4 size, Israeli font for Israel) or “AL_CHN.pjl” (A4 size, Thin paper for China) in the same folder and drop it onto the icon of the applicable model in FILEDG32. When the
Status
LED (HL-5240/ 5250DN) or the
Data
LED (HL-5270DN/5280DW) of the printer lights up for an instant and goes off immediately after dropping it, the setting is completed. Then, set the serial number following the steps described in the next section.
Refer to the following step to set the serial number.
Setting the serial number
Operation of printer
(HL-5240/5250DN)
1) Check that the front cover is open.
2) Turn ON the power switch while the
Go
button is held.
3) After all LEDs on the panel are lit, only the
Status
LED goes out. the button and check that all LEDs are out. the button for a while. Make sure that the
Paper
LED lights up.
6) Close the front cover of the printer.
(HL-5270DN/5280DW)
1) Check that the front cover is open.
2) Turn ON the power switch while the
Go
button is held.
3) The message “
USERS MODE
” is shown on the LCD panel. the button. the button for a while. Make sure that the
Data
LED lights up.
6) The message “
PIT3 MODE
” is shown on the LCD panel.
7) Close the front cover of the printer.
Operation of computer
8) Connect the computer to the printer with the USB cable.
9) Double-click the brmainte.EXE file (maintenance utility) which has been copied in the
“hl5200” folder to start.
10) Select “Input Information” from Menu. Select the applicable model name.
6-8
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
11) Check the port (USB) that the printer is connected through and click “Serial No.” in the lower box.
Fig. 6-3
Enter the serial number (the last nine digits) of the printer into the box at the right hand side. The serial number is shown in the window, and check that it is correct. Follow the next step without clicking the
OK
button.
6-9
Confidential
CHAPTER 6 ADJUSTMENTS AND UPDATING OF SETTINGS,
REQUIRED AFTER PARTS REPLACEMENT
2. IF YOU REPLACE THE PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE PARTS
If any of periodical replacement parts are replaced, it is necessary to change the count of total pages on each periodical maintenance parts to zero, and to modify a number of times for replacing each periodical maintenance parts according to the procedures below.
NOTE:
As for HL-5270DN/5280DW models, it is possible to reset the count of each periodical
maintenance parts by operating the LCD panel. Refer to “2.2 Reset Parts Life Menu” on
<What you should prepare>
(Windows
®
XP/2000 or later)
Create the “hl5200” folder in the C drive, for example.
2) HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW target printer
3) MAINTE.EXE
Download the above files from the databank and copy it into the “hl5200” folder that has been created in the C drive. Extract the copied file and run the “brmainte.exe” file by double-clicking.
<Procedures>
Operation of printer
(HL-5240/5250DN)
1) Check that the front cover is open.
2) Turn ON the power switch while the
Go
button is held.
3) After all LEDs on the panel are lit, only the
Status
LED goes out. the button and check that all LEDs are out. the button for a while. Make sure that the
Paper
LED lights up.
6) Close the front cover of the printer.
(HL-5270DN/5280DW)
1) Check that the front cover is open.
2) Turn ON the power switch while the
Go
button is held.
3) The message “
USERS MODE
” is shown on the LCD panel. the button. the button for a while. Make sure that the
Data
LED lights up.
6) The message “
PIT3 MODE
” is shown on the LCD panel.
7) Close the front cover of the printer.
Operation of computer
8) Connect the computer to the printer with the USB cable.
9) Double-click the “brmainte.EXE” (maintenance utility) which has been copied in the
“hl5200” folder to start.
6-10
Confidential
10) Select “Input Information” from Menu.
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
11) Select the applicable model name. And check the port (USB) that the printer is connected through.
12) Select the item of each periodical maintenance parts and check “ON” and click
OK
.
6-11
Confidential
CHAPTER 6 ADJUSTMENTS AND UPDATING OF SETTINGS,
REQUIRED AFTER PARTS REPLACEMENT
Periodical Maintenance Parts Name
Fuser Unit
Laser Unit
Paper feeding kit for Tray 1
Paper feeding kit for Tray 2
Paper feeding kit for Tray 3
Paper feeding kit for MP tray
Item
Reset Fuser Counter
Reset Laser Counter
Reset PF Kit 1 Counter
Reset PF Kit 2 Counter
Reset PF Kit 3 Counter
Reset PF Kit MP Counter
After resetting any of counts, print the Print Settings to make sure a bar graph indicating the remaining life of each periodical maintenance parts full up.
6-12
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
CHAPTER 7 SERVICE SUPPORT SOFTWARE
1. CONTROL PANEL
Various modes can be used if the power switch is set to ON while the
Go
button is held.
There are two types of modes: Users Mode and Service Mode.
Operation procedure of Users Mode is shown below. The function change depends on number of times the
Go
button is pressed.
<HL-5240/5250DN>
1. Check that the front cover is closed.
2. Turn ON the power switch while holding down the
Go
button.
3. After all LEDs on the panel are lit, only the
Status
LED goes out. the button and check that all LEDs are off. the button. (If the
Go
button is pressed, the
Status
LED is lighted. If the
Go
button is released, the LED is out.)
<HL-5270DN/5280DW>
1. Check that the front cover is closed.
2. Turn ON the power switch while holding down the
Go
button. message ” is shown on the LCD panel with the orange backlight. the button and check that the
Data
LED is off. the button. (If the
Go
button is pressed, the
Data
LED is lighted. If the
Go
button is released, the LED is out.)
Press the
Go
button
Each mode starts after 2 seconds.
Once
Twice
Three times
Four times
Five times
(1) Test Sample Page
(2) Print Fonts
(3) Hex Dump Mode
(4) PCB ONLY Mode
Six times
Seven times
(5) 1push Printing Recovery Mode
* All LEDs are lit for 1 second and the printer returns to the ready status.
(6) Network Factory Reset 1 (APIPA: ON)
* All LEDs are lit for 1 second and the printer returns to the ready status.
(7) Network Factory Reset 2 (APIPA: OFF)
* All LEDs are lit for 1 second and the printer returns to the ready status.
Eight times (8) NV-RAM Factory Reset
* All LEDs are lit for 1 second and the printer returns to the ready status.
More than nine times
(1) Test Sample Page
7-1
Confidential
CHAPTER 7 SERVICE SUPPORT SOFTWARE
NOTE:
* Each mode starts 2 seconds after pressing the
Go
button.
* Both “Network Factory Reset 1” and “Network Factory Reset 2” functions are not available for HL-5240.
Explanation of functions of each Users Mode is shown below.
< Functions of each “Users Mode” >
(1) Test Sample Page
The printer prints a demo page. The printer returns to the ready status after printing.
The printer prints a list of the internal fonts. The printer returns to the ready status after printing.
(3) Hex Dump Mode
You can print data as hexadecimal code. To exit from this mode, you have to turn off the printer.
(4) PCB ONLY Mode
Even when the engine error occurs and PCB exchange is required for recovery, the printer can be started, ignoring the engine error if this mode is used. NVRAM data can be obtained.
(5) 1push Printing Recovery Mode
Demo page print is possible by pressing
Go
button after the power supply is turned on.
(6) Network Factory Reset 1 (APIPA: ON)
The network setting is reset to its factory setting. (APIPA is ON)
(7) Network Factory Reset 2 (APIPA: OFF)
The network setting is reset to its factory setting. (APIPA is OFF)
(8) NV-RAM Factory Reset
The printer is restored to the factory setting and permanent fonts and macros are cleared.
The printer returns to the ready status after printing.
7-2
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
1.2 User Maintenance Mode
This section describes what the user should do when replacing the consumable parts.
<Resetting the drum counter>
The printed image may deteriorate when using the drum unit to a certain degree. The printer detects how much the drum unit is used with the drum counter and lights up the
Drum
LED when the drum unit life is nearly at the end of its life to indicate to the user that the drum unit life reaches the end of its life soon, in order to prevent the printed image defects due to drum unit deterioration.
The printer does not provide the function which resets the drum counter automatically when the drum unit is replaced with a new one. If replacing the drum unit with a new one without resetting the drum counter, the counted value of the old drum unit is used continuously so that the
Drum
LED is not off.
When replacing the drum unit with a new one, it is required to reset the drum counter following the steps below:
<HL-5240/5250DN>
(1) Make sure that the printer is turned on and the
Drum
LED is blinking. Press the front cover release button and then open the front cover.
(2) Press and hold down the
Go
button for about four seconds until all the LEDs light up.
Once all four LEDs are lit, release the
Go
button.
(3) Take out the drum unit and toner cartridge ASSY.
(4) Put the new drum unit and toner cartridge ASSY back into the printer.
(5) Close the front cover.
<HL-5270DN/5280DW>
(1) Press the front cover release button and then open the front cover.
(2) Keep pressing the
Go
button for about four seconds. When the message of finishing resetting the drum counter, release the
Go
button.
(3) Take out the drum unit and toner cartridge ASSY.
(4) Put the new drum unit and toner cartridge ASSY back into the printer.
(5) Close the front cover.
7-3
Confidential
CHAPTER 7 SERVICE SUPPORT SOFTWARE
<Initializing the developing bias>
When replacing the toner cartridge with a new one, the new toner sensor detects that the toner cartridge is replaced, and the developing bias is initialized automatically. Therefore, the user is not necessary to initialize the developing bias.
If replacing the toner cartridge which contains enough toner with a used one, the new toner sensor cannot detect that the toner cartridge is replaced so that the developing bias is not initialized. In this case, the print density may be lighter than usual.
Density transition
Bias voltage when replacing with a new toner cartridge
Bias voltage
Dark
Bias voltage when replacing with a used toner cartridge
Density when replacing with a new toner cartridge
Print density
Density when replacing with a used toner cartridge
Light
Toner empty
[Used toner amount]
In such a case, follow the steps below in order to initialize the developing bias forcedly.
<Standard Cartridge>
(1) Open the front cover.
(2) Take the drum unit out of the printer.
(3) Press the
Go
button.
(4) Install the drum unit into the printer.
(5) Press the
Go
button.
(6) Close the front cover.
<High Yield Cartridge>
(1) Open the front cover.
(2) Take the drum unit out of the printer.
(3) Press the
Go
button.
(4) Install the drum unit into the printer.
(5) Press the
Go
button twice.
(6) Close the front cover.
7-4
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
Operation procedure of Service Mode is shown below. The function change depends on number of times the
Go
button is pressed.
<HL-5240/5250DN>
1. Check that the front cover is open.
2. Turn ON the power switch while the
Go
button is held.
3. After all LEDs on the panel are lit, only the
Status
LED goes out. the button and check that all LEDs are out.
5. (1 st
step) Press the
Go
button once or twice. (If the
Go
button is pressed, the
Status
LED is lit. If the
Go
button is released, the LED is out.) that /
Drum
/
Paper
LEDs are lighted.
7. (2 nd
step) Press the
Go
button. Each mode starts after 2 seconds. (If the
Go
button is pressed, the
Status
LED is lit. If the
Go
button is released, the LED is out.)
<HL-5270DN/5280DW>
1. Check that the front cover is open.
2. Turn ON the power switch while the
Go
button is held. message ” is shown on the LCD panel. the button and check that the
Data
LED is out.
5. (1 st
step) Press the
Go
button once or twice. (If the
Go
button is pressed, the
Data
LED is lit. If the
Go
button is released, the LED is out.)
6. Check that the message “
USERS MODE
” is shown on the LCD panel with orange backlight.
7. (2 nd
step) Press the
Go
button. Each mode starts after 2 seconds. (If the
Go
button is pressed, the
Data
LED is lit. If the
Go
button is released, the LED is out.)
7-5
Confidential
CHAPTER 7 SERVICE SUPPORT SOFTWARE
1 st
Press the once.
Press the twice.
step
Go
Go
button
button
Once
Twice
Three times
Four times
Five times
Six times
Seven times
Once
Twice
2 nd
Six times
step
Three times
Four times
Five times
Seven times
Eight times
Each mode starts after 2 seconds.
(1) Factory Inspection Mode
(2) Continuous Grid Pattern Print Mode
(3) Fuser Unit Test Print
(4) NV-RAM Value Dump Mode
(5) RAM Check
(6) QA process inspection printing
(7) DX (ShortBind) ON/OFF switching
(8) Printing for Maintenance
* The machine starts printing after closing the front cover.
(9) Print Settings
* The machine starts printing after closing the front cover.
(10) Sleep Mode Indication
(OFF/Dimmed)
(11) Sleep Mode Setting (ON/OFF)
* All LEDs are lit for 1 second and the printer returns to the ready status.
(12) Developer Roller Counter Reset 1
(For the standard toner)
* All LEDs are lit for 1 second and the printer returns to the ready status.
(13) Developer Roller Counter Reset 2
(For the high capacity toner)
* All LEDs are lit for 1 second and the printer returns to the ready status.
(14) Fixed USB Speed
* All LEDs are lit for 1 second and the printer returns to the ready status.
(15) USB Speed Indication (ON/OFF)
* All LEDs are lit for 1 second and the printer returns to the ready status.
The procedure from 1 to 4 is the same as the above.
Number of times of pressing the
Go
button
Press the
Go
button for 2 seconds
(long push).
(HL-5240/5250DN)
Check that
Paper
LED is lighted.
(HL-5270DN/5280DW)
Check that the “
PIT3 MODE
” message is shown.
PIT3 Inspection Mode
* Factory use.
NOTE:
* Each mode starts 2 seconds after pressing the
Go
button.
7-6
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
< Functions of each “Service Mode” >
(1) Factory Inspection Mode
This mode is to check each sensor at the assembly line.
< Sensor Inspection Check Procedure >
(1) Print “Print Settings” by clicking the
Go
button three times. If a failure such as paper jams occurs, activate each sensor manually when the machine goes into the inspection mode.
(2) Procedures to go into the factory inspection mode are as follows.
< HL-5240/5250DN >
1. Check that the front cover is open.
2. Turn ON the power switch while the
Go
button is held.
3. After all LEDs on the panel are lit, only the
Status
LED goes out. the button and check that all LEDs are out. the button once. (If the
Go
button is pressed, the
Status
LED is lit.
If the
Go
button is released, the LED is out.) that /
Drum
/
Paper
LEDs are lighted. the button once. Each mode starts after 2 seconds. (If the
Go
button is pressed, the
Status
LED is lit. If the
Go
button is released, the LED is out.)
< HL-5270DN/5280DW >
1. Check that the front cover is open.
2. Turn ON the power switch while the
Go
button is held.
3. The message “
USERS MODE
” is shown on the LCD panel.
4. Release the button and check that the
Data
LED is out.
5. Press the button once. (If the
Go
button is pressed, the
Data
LED is lit. If the
Go
button is released, the LED is out.)
6. Check that the message “
USERS MODE
” is shown on the LCD panel with orange backlight.
7. Press the button once. Each mode starts after 2 seconds. (If the
Go
button is pressed, the
Data
LED is lit. If the
Go
button is released, the LED is out.)
7-7
Confidential
CHAPTER 7 SERVICE SUPPORT SOFTWARE
(3) Activate each sensor listed below manually and verify that the
Status
LED (HL-
5240/5250DN) or the
Data
LED (HL-5270DN/5280DW) is lit. In the inspection mode, the LED blinks once when the state of a sensor of a switch is changed from ON to
OFF, or from OFF to on. When the state is changed continuously, the LED keeps blinking.
( Regist front sensor, Regist rear sensor, Paper eject sensor, New toner sensor,
Toner sensor, Front cover sensor, PE sensor, Edge sensor, MP PE sensor,
DX tray sensor )
Chute
Front cover sensor
Frame R
Toner LED PCB
(Light emission)
Frame L
Paper eject sensor
(Relay rear PCB)
MP PE sensor
PE EG sensor
DX tray sensor
New toner sensor
(Relay front PCB)
PE sensor
Toner sensor PCB
(Light reception)
Edge sensor
Regist rear sensor
Regist front sensor
High-voltage PS PCB
Fig. 7-1
(4) When the verification of all the sensors is completed, them the power off.
(2) Continuous Grid Pattern Print Mode
This mode is to print a grid pattern continuously with a serial number on it. The number of grid pattern prints is displayed at the same time.
The machine does not go back to the ready state unless the power is turned off and on.
To finish the continuous grid pattern print mode, press the
Job Cancel
button.
(3) Fuser unit Test Print
This is to print the following three patterns to check the fuser unit.
・
Grid pattern with a serial number on it
・
Gray pattern
・
Black pattern
When this operation is completed, the machine automatically goes back to the ready state.
(4) NV-RAM Value Dump Mode
This is to collectively print the present state of the NV-RAM of all printers.
When this operation is completed, the machine automatically goes back to the ready state.
7-8
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
This is to execute a stricter RAM check than a standard one. If the result turns out unaccepted, it considers an error, and all the LEDs blink. If it turns out accepted, the
Ready
LED keeps blinking.
The machine does not go back to the ready state unless the power is turned off and on.
(6) QA Process Inspection Printing
This is to print the four patters in order to check the printer quality. The printer automatically returns to the normal status after this function is completed.
(7) DX (ShortBind) ON/OFF Switching
This is to switch ON (ShortBind) or OFF (LongBind (invalid for some models)) of the duplex setting. Whenever switching the setting, the current setting is changed to the other one.
(8) Printing for Maintenance
This is to print a list of all maintenance information including printer coverage information.
• Cont. ROM VERSION
• Remaining life of periodical replacement parts
Page Count:
Average Coverage:
• <Total Pages Printed>
MP TRAY:
TRAY 1:
TRAY2:
TRAY3:
DUPLEX:
• <Total Pages Printed>
A4/LETTER:
LGL/A4LONG/FOLIO:
B5/EXECUTIVE:
ENVELOPE:
A5:
OTHERS:
• <Error History (last 10 errors)>
The page counter when each error occurred is also indicated.
• <Total Pages Jams>
JAM MP TRAY:
JAM TRAY 1:
JAM TRAY2:
JAM TRAY3:
JAM INSIDE:
JAM REAR:
JAM DUPLEX:
7-9
Confidential
CHAPTER 7 SERVICE SUPPORT SOFTWARE
PF KITMP:
PF KIT 1:
PF KIT 2:
PF KIT 3:
FUSER:
LASER:
DRUM:
TONER:
• <Total Pages Printed>
Previously Used Toner:
Current Toner:
NOTE:
* Some margin of error must be taken into consideration because coverage for the printable area of A4-size paper is calculated using video signals
* If the firmware version is 1.02 or before, the maintenance information gives out false information on the remaining life of Drum. To know the accurate information of Drum, print the Print Settings or upgrade the firmware version.
If you want to know the drum unit life or the number of printed pages, you should print out the Print Settings.
The “Print Settings” is configured with two pages for HL-5240 and more than three pages for HL-5250DN/5270DN/5280DW.
All pages have following terms in common:
* Title
* Model name
* Serial number
The setting indication is the same as the panel setting information, supporting 17 languages.
(ENG / FRE / GER / DUT / ITA / SPA / NOR / FIN / DAN / POR / SWE / CZE / POL /
HUN / RUS / BUL / RUM)
The descriptions on the third page or later are indicated in English only.
NOTE:
•
The descriptions printed in Print Settings vary depending on the countries.
•
It is also allowed you to print the print settings by pressing the
Go
button three times continuously when the front cover is closed and when the printer is in the ready mode.
•
Select Information, then Print Settings by pressing the
Set
button three times.
(HL-5270DN/5280DW)
7-10
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
7-11
Confidential
CHAPTER 7 SERVICE SUPPORT SOFTWARE
< Page 1 >
This page includes various setting information of the printer. Each term is indicated when it fulfills the condition.
< Page 2 >
This page includes the printer and maintenance information in the following order.
(1) Printer information
The following terms are indicated in the order.
•
Controller version (CONT.ROM VERSION)
•
RAM SIZE (Mbyte)
• Device information (RAMDISK)
(2) Maintenance information
The printable pages remained for the consumable part is indicated.
Also, the percentage of life remained over the total printable pages is indicated in numerical value and band graph.
A sample (PF KIT MP) is as follows:
From the top left, the consumable part name, number of printable pages remained, and percentage of life remained are indicated. The right column is a band graph separated into 50 scale marks.
The consumable part indicated is as follows:
•
PF KIT MP
• PF KIT 1
•
PF KIT 2 (indicated only when the Tray2 is installed.)
•
PF KIT 3 (indicated only when the Tray3 is installed.)
• FUSER
•
LASER
•
DRUM
< How to Read the Drum Unit Life >
The drum unit life is shown by the band graph at the center of Print Settings;
•
It initially indicates 100% and gradually decreases.
• It indicates 0% when the
Drum
LED is blinking.
•
It stays at 0% even if further printing is done.
< The difference of the Drum Unit Life and the Drum Counter >
The drum unit life is based on the page counter. If the average number of drum rotations is more than the number of drum rotations in non-continuous printing, however, the drum unit life is counted by the number of drum rotations.
Since the drum counter printed in Print Settings is an actual page counter after a new drum unit is replaced, the drum unit life may be different from the drum counter.
For details on the difference between the drum unit life and drum counter, refer to the drum unit life calculation below;
7-12
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
< How to calculate Drum Unit Life >
The number of drum rotations per one page printing is about 11 rotations.
(Page counter reduced by the number of drum rotations) =
(the number of drum rotations) ÷ 11
- The number of drum rotations per one page printing continuously = 3.6 rotations.
- The number of drum rotations while warming-up = 9 rotations
Example:
The number of pages calculated from drum rotations
Cold start (page) Hot start (page)
1 page/job (9 + 11) / 11 = 1.82
2 pages/job (9 + 11 + 3.6) / 11 = 2.15
11 / 11 = 1
(11 + 3.6) / 11 = 1.33
18 pages/job (9 + 11 + 3.6 x 17) / 11 = 7.38 (11 + 3.6 x 17) / 11 = 6.56
If printing 1 page per job with cold start, the drum unit life is decreased earlier.
(ii) Counter information, history information
The counter and history information related to the following term are included. When it reaches the maximum count, each term is no longer counted.
•
Page counter
The total number of pages printed. The maximum count is 1 million pages.
•
Coverage on the Letter-size paper
Average printing rate. The average of the total printed area against the printable are on the Letter-size paper. The coverage is calculated when up to 1 million pages are printed, and it is not updated after this.
It is not printed on the Print Settings by default. (It is printed on the maintenance sheet by default.)
•
Total pages printed (TRAY)
The number of times that each of the Tray1, Tray2, Tray3, MP tray and Duplex tray is used. (For the Duplex tray, the number of times is printed only for the models supporting the Duplex tray, and it is not printed for HL-5240.)
The maximum count for each item is 1 million times.
The information above is not cleared when replacing the PF kit.
•
Total pages printed (PAPER)
The number of A4/Letter, A4Long/Legal/Folio, B5/Excutine, Envelope,
A5 and other paper types used. The maximum count for each item is
1 million times.
•
Total paper jams
The number of paper jam occurrence in each of the Tray1, Tray2,
Tray3, MP tray and Duplex tray. (For the Duplex tray, the number of occurrence is printed only for the models supporting the Duplex tray, and it is not printed for HL-5240.)
The paper jam which occurs when the printer is turned ON is not counted.
The maximum count for each item is 255 times.
•
Replace count
The number of replacement of each of the drum unit, toner cartridge,
PF Kit, Tray 1/2/3, MP tray, fuser unit and laser unit. The maximum count for each item is 65535 times.
7-13
Confidential
CHAPTER 7 SERVICE SUPPORT SOFTWARE
•
Error history
The error history including the 10 latest errors and the number of pages when these errors occur are indicated. The errors such as
Cover Open, Manual Feed, No Paper XX and No Tray XX are not included. The list is updated until the 1 millionth error occurs, and it is not even when more than 1 million errors occur.
The page counter when each error occurred is also indicated.
• Developing bias
The current developing bias is indicated. It is not printed on the Print
Settings by default.
(It is printed on the maintenance sheet by default.)
• Number of prints for each toner cartridge
The number of printed pages for each of the toner cartridges used currently and last. (It is printed only in the maintenance sheet.) The maximum count is 65535 pages.
< Page 3
~
>
This page includes various network settings information of the printer.
(10) Sleep Mode Indication (OFF/Dimmed)
This is to select whether the
Status
LED is turned off completely or lit in green with low light intensity during the Sleep mode. Whenever you switch this mode, the setting is changed over from the present one to the other. When you take your finger off from this switch, the
Status
LED is lit in 100% light intensity or low light intensity according to the setting so that you can verify the present setting.
(11) Sleep Mode Setting (ON/OFF)
This is to allow you to turn on and off the sleep mode of the printer. The default setting is
ON. The machine automatically goes back to the ready state after the operation is completed.
(12) Developer Roller Counter Reset 1 (For the standard toner)
(13) Developer Roller Counter Reset 2 (For the high yield toner)
Since print density is likely to become darker as toner is getting older, the developing bias is lowered by degrees according to the number of prints so that an almost fixed density can be maintained from the start of the use of brand-new toner to the end of it. The value of the developing bias is printed on the maintenance sheet. The developing bias is a parameter which depends on the developing assembly, so it needs to be reset when the developing assembly is replaced. At that time, the developing roller counter reading is also reset. This mode is to enable to execute these operations (equivalent to those done when the developing assembly is replaced) manually from the service mode.
(14) Fixed USB Speed
This allows you to switch the setting of Full fixed / Auto switching (HIGH/FULL) of the
USB speed. Whenever switching, the current setting is changed to the other one.
The default setting is Auto switching.
It also allows you to check the selected setting by the
Toner
or
Drum
LED being lit for
1 second when releasing the button. The former shows that the setting is Full fixed, and the latter shows Auto switching.
(15) USB Speed Indication (ON/OFF)
This allows you to switch whether the current USB speed is indicated with the LED or not.
Whenever switching, the current setting is changed to the other one.
The USB speed is not indicated by default.
It also allows you to check the selected setting by the
Toner
and
Drum
LEDs being lit for 1 second or all LEDs being lit for 1 second when releasing the button. The former shows that the USB speed indication is ON, and the latter shows OFF.
7-14
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
2. HIDDEN FUNCTION MENUS
The three hidden function menus are provided for the HL-5270DN/5280DW printer with the LCD.
• Professional Menu: by pressing the
Go
and
Set
buttons at the same time.
•
Reset Parts Life Menu: by pressing the
Go
and
+
buttons at the same time.
• Service Menu: by pressing the
+
and
Set
buttons in this order while holding down the
Go
button.
The method to enter the special mode by the button operation is as follows:
<Pressing the
1
button when the printer is turned ON>
Panel Function
Go
Mode
Reprint
Continuous test printing
+
-
Set
Version Check
Hex Dump Mode
Initializing the NVRAM
<Pressing the
2
button when the printer is turned ON>
Panel Function
Set
&
Back
Go
&
+
Go
&
Back
-
&
+
Go
&
Set
Rewriting the Flash ROM
Checking the hardware (DRAM check, etc.)
Factory Line Inspection Mode
Clearing the E50 (FUSERMULF)
<Pressing the
2
button in the normal status>
Panel Function
Go
&
+
RESET PARTS LIFE (Clearing the counters of the periodical replacement parts)
Go
&
Set
Professional
-
&
Set
Indicating the error descriptions (The details of the service call or paper jam occurrence section are indicated in English.)
<Others in the normal status>
Panel Function
Go
& (
+
,
Set)
Service Menu (Acquiring the service information such as the number of replacement or paper jam occurrence, error, etc.)
Go
& (
-
,
+
,
Set)
Developer Menu (Setting the specific function for the engineers)
7-15
Confidential
CHAPTER 7 SERVICE SUPPORT SOFTWARE
The main purpose of the professional menu is to customize the printer function which is opened to the users as per request.
How to enter the Professional Menu
Turn the machine on.
Press the
Go
switch and
Set
switch together to enter the Professional Menu.
How to access the Required Menu
Use either “
+
” or “
–
“ switch to scroll through the menu listing. To select an item, press the
“
Set
” switch. Then the sub-menu will appear.
Scroll through the sub menu items using the “
+
/
–
“ switches. To go back to a higher level, select the “exit …” menu in the same level using the “
+
/
–
“ switches.
How to input a Value or set for a Professional Menu Mode
Enter the required mode as explained above. The setting appearing on the display is the current setting.
Select the required setting using the “
+
/
–
“ switches, then press the “
Set
” switch. The previous value remains if the “
Set
” switch is not pressed.
How to exit the Professional Menu Mode
There are three options to exit the Professional Menu mode; either to press “
Go
” switch at any sub menus, to press the “
–
” switch consecutively to go up roots till exiting the Professional
Menu mode, or to go down the menu using “
+
/
–
“ switches till the menu “exit MENU” appears, and then press the “
Set
” switch to exit the mode.
7-16
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
< Function Table >
Title & Subtitle
TRAY SETTING
MANUAL FEED
RESET SETTINGS
SAVE SETTINGS
SAVE FONT
PRIMARY FONT
SECONDARY FONT
DOWNLOAD FONT
SAVE MACRO
(When a macro is registered if the LaserJet emulation is selected.)
TRAYCOMMAND MODE
READOUT SELECT
Item to be Set Description
PAPER IN=CONT*
PAPER IN=STOP
RESET SETTING1
SAVE SETTING1
SET ID=####
SET ID=####
Feeds paper automatically when printing using the manual feed function.
Feeds paper by pressing the
Go
button when printing using the manual feed function.
Selects the “User setting 1” as the current printer setting.
Saves the current printer setting as the “User setting 1”.
Saves the current primary fonts in
LaserJet Emulation into the storage devices (ROM Disk).
After fixing the first three digits with the
Set
button, set the last two digits.
Saves the current secondary fonts in
LaserJet emulation into the storage devices (ROM Disk).
After fixing the first three digits with the
Set
button, set the last two digits.
DOWNLOAD=####
SET ID=####
TRAY COM.=NORM.* HP LaserJet 4 compatible.
TRAY COM.=SPEC. HP LaserJet 3 compatible.
READOUT=ON
Saves the downloaded fonts in
LaserJet emulation into the storage devices (ROM Disk).
After fixing the first three digits with the
Set
button, set the last two digits.
Saves the macro in LaserJet emulation into the storage devices
(ROM Disk).
After fixing the first three digits with the
Set
button, set the last two digits.
READOUT=OFF*
When receiving DC3 in FX emulation, ignores the data received before DC1.
Not ignore the data even DC3 is received.
7-17
Confidential
CHAPTER 7 SERVICE SUPPORT SOFTWARE
Title & Subtitle
FONT SELECT
SCALABLE FONT
(Only when the
LaserJet emulation is selected.)
FONT SELECT
IBM CHR SET MODE
W BOLD ON/OFF
DLFNT Bd/It
B PROD ON/OFF
CONDENCE SELECT
OEM FONT SELECT
DARKFONT SELECT
Item to be Set Description
FONT=ALL*
FONT=LJ4
PRIMARY FONT
SECONDARY FONT
IBM E1H=Esszet*
IBM E1H=Beta
W BOLD=OFF*
W BOLD=ON
DLFNT Bd/It=NO*
DLFNT Bd/It=YES
B PROD=ON*
B PROD=OFF
CONDENC=16.66p*
Enables all scalable fonts when selecting PCL font setting.
Disables the fonts below when selecting PCL font setting.
Atlanta, Bermuda Script, PC
Brussels, Copenhagen, Germany,
Portugal, Calgary, San Diego, US
Roman
Selects primary fonts in LaserJet emulation.
Selects secondary fonts in LaserJet emulation.
Places “Esszet” on E1h of IBM character set.
Places “Beta” on E1h of IBM character set.
Does not convert into bold even if the same character is entered into the same position in the FX or XL emulation.
Converts into bold if the same character is entered into the same position in the FX or XL emulation.
(The print speed is lowered.)
Creates the bold and italic letters from the download font.
Does not create the bold and italic letters from the download font.
Creates the bold and italic letters from the bitmap font.
Does not create the bold and italic letters from the bitmap font.
Sets the pitch of the condense letter in the EPSON/IBM emulation to
16.66 pitches.
CONDENC=17.14p Sets the pitch of the condense letter in the EPSON/IBM emulation to
17.14 pitches.
OEMFONT=DISABLE* Disables the European Parliament fonts.
OEMFONT=ENABLE Enables the European Parliament fonts.
DARKFONT=DISABLE* Disables the bold brougham font.
DARKFONT=ENABLE Enables the fold brougham font.
7-18
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
Title & Subtitle
FONT SELECT
BRO FONT SELECT
Item to be Set Description
BROBITM=ENABLE
BROBITM=DISABLE* Disables the internal brougham bitmap fonts of 10 and 12 pitches.
Enables the internal brougham bitmap fonts of 10 and 12 pitches.
300DPI PRIORITY 3B PRIO=LOW*
FX/XL SCALE FONT
(Setting related to the default font and font selected on the panel in the EPSON/IBM emulation.)
FX/XL SCALE ITA.
(Setting related to italic of scalable font when the EPSON/IBM emulation.)
PAPER&TRAY SIZE
3B PRIO=HIGH
SCAL.F=NORMAL*
SCAL.F=ALL SIZE
ITA=OBLIQUE*
ITA=ITALIC SEL
DEF PAPER=A4
The priority of selection for 300dpi bitmap fonts is standard (=low).
Command <ESC><CR>!1T
The priority of selection for 300dpi bitmap fonts is high.
Command <ESC><CR>!2T
Only similar size fonts are selectable as scalable is selected.
All size fonts are selectable as scalable font is selected.
PARALLEL MENU
REPRINT ON/OFF
PS BINARY SELECT
DEF PAPER=LT
CDCC BSSL=L*
CDCC BSSL=H
REPRINT=ON*
REPRINT=OFF
PS BINARY=ASCII*
PS BINARY=BIN
Makes upright font oblique to have italic as scalable font is selected.
Uses the upright font to have italic as scalable font is selected.
Printers to be shipped to the other area than USA and Canada have the
A4 size setting by default.
Printers to be shipped to USA and
Canada have the Letter size setting by default.
ACK signal is sent out before BUSY signal goes down.
ACK signal is sent out when BUSY signal goes down.
The ON/OFF setting of the reprint function follows the setting of the user menu.
Turns the reprint function OFF forcedly.
Default setting. A problem may occur when printing the binary data though
Ctrl-T, Ctrl-C and the like are enabled.
Allows you to print the binary data though Ctrl-T and the like are disabled.
7-19
Confidential
CHAPTER 7 SERVICE SUPPORT SOFTWARE
Title & Subtitle
PS QUOTE BINARY
PS IMAGE MASK
PS CELL MODE
PS STATUS ECHO
PROTECT OFF MODE
HP ESC E COMMAND
DPX FF SUP. MODE
PS300RESO
COPY PAGES
JOB TIMEOUT SEL
PICKUP RETRY SET
JOB CANCEL TIME
PSCOPYPAGE
1JOB1PAGE SEL
APPLEUSBPS
Item to be Set Description
PS QUOTEBIN=OFF* Not accept the binary data even with special codes.
PS QUOTEBIN=ON Accepts the binary data with special codes.
PS IMAGEMSK=OFF* Does not rewrite the IMAGEMSK procedure.
PS IMAGEMSK=ON Rewrites the IMAGEMSK procedure.
PS CEIL=FLOOR*
PS CEIL=CEIL
STATUS ECHO=ON*
STATUS ECHO=OFF
PRO.OFF=AUTO*
PRO.OFF=NORMAL
Carries out the page protect if it is turned OFF. (Memory full, Print overrun)
Specification up to the fourth Mask
ROM.
HP ESC E=RESET*
HP ESC E=F/F
DPX SUP. =NOMAL*
DPX SUP. =SPEC.
PS300RESO=NO*
Normal resetting.
Form feeds a printable page only.
Deletes all white pages having no data.
Deletes only the page that both sides of paper is white.
Does not reduce the resolution automatically.
PS300RESO=IF 2M Reduces the resolution to 300dpi when the total memory is 2Mbytes.
PS300RESO=FORCE Reduces the resolution to 300dpi.
COPY PAGES=ON*
COPY PAGES=OFF
OFF: 1 page is fixed for the copy page number.
TIMEOUT=ON*
TIMEOUT=OFF
PJL JOB TIMEOUT is effective.
PJL JOB TIMEOUT does not carry out.
PICKUP RETRY=2*
(0-7)
TIME OUT=???sec
PSCOPYPAGE=L3* Changes the PS copypage operator from Level3 to Level2.
PSCOPYPAGE=L2
1JOB1PAGE=SX*
1JOB1PAGE=DX
BINARY=OFF*
BINARY=ON
Duplex=ON makes the printing speed of 1 page of data faster.
Sets up the printing mode.
(Simplex/Duplex)
Enables to print PS Pure Binary data via Mac USB.
7-20
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
Title & Subtitle
MP CAS ADJUST
NET HEAP SIZE
PS FONT CACHE
POWER SAVE
TONER LOW
Changes the timing when the toner low error is detected.
T1 MEDIA FIX
Selects the media type of
Tray1. The default setting is OFF. When fixing the media to any type of setting, the printer ignores the media type set in the print data (driver) and prints with the media type set in the printer.
Item to be Set Description
MPTRAY YADJUST
PCTRAY YADJUST
DUPLEX YADJUST
MPTRAY XADJUST
TRAY1 XADJUST
TRAY2 XADJUST
TRAY3 XADJUST
DUPLEX XADJUST
HEAPSIZE=xxxxK*
Adjusts the position of starting scanning in each paper tray.
-50 to 50 dot (300dpi)
Adjusts the position of starting scanning in each paper tray.
-100 to 750 dot (300dpi)
CLEAR CACHE=OFF*
CLEAR CACHE=ON
POWER SAVE=ON*
POWER SAVE=OFF
TONERLOW=ON*
T1 FIX=RECYCLED
Changes the size of the beep area used on Web. Allows you to change the size by 15 degrees. (The value from 0 to 14 is stored in the NVRAM internally.)
Controls whether the font cache is cleared or not when finishing a job in the PS emulation. When setting to
OFF, the font cache is not cleared and is enabled for the next job.
When setting to ON, the font cache is cleared and disabled for the next job.
Implements the power save setting. It is not allowed to set the power save setting to OFF on the panel. When the setting to OFF, the power save time is not displayed on the panel.
Checks toner with the duty level of
2%. (Default)
TONERLOW=DELAY Checks toner with the duty level of
8%.
TONERLOW=OFF
T1 FIX=OFF*
Does not detect the toner low error.
The media type of Tray1 follows the one set in the print data.
T1 FIX=PLAIN
T1 FIX=TRANS.
T1 FIX=THIN
Fixes the media of Tray1 to plain paper.
Fixes the media of Tray1 to transparencies.
Fixes the media of Tray1 to thin paper.
T1 FIX=BOND Fixes the media of Tray1 to bond paper.
Fixes the media of Tray1 to recycled paper.
7-21
Confidential
CHAPTER 7 SERVICE SUPPORT SOFTWARE
Title & Subtitle
T2 MEDIA FIX
Selects the media type of
Tray2. The default setting is OFF. When fixing the media to any type of setting, the printer ignores the media type set in the print data (driver) and prints with the media type set in the printer.
T3 MEDIA FIX
Selects the media type of
Tray3. The default setting is OFF. When fixing the media to any type of setting, the printer ignores the media type set in the print data (driver) and prints with the media type set in the printer.
DEF PCL ERRPRT
Sets the default value of
PCL error print. The setting value is reflected on the setting value of
PCL error print when implementing PJL initialization or factory reset.
Item to be Set Description
T2 FIX=OFF*
T2 FIX=PLAIN
T2 FIX=TRANS.
T2 FIX=THIN
T2 FIX=BOND
T2 FIX=RECYCLED
T3 FIX=OFF*
T3 FIX=PLAIN
T3 FIX=TRANS.
T3 FIX=THIN
T3 FIX=BOND
The media type of Tray2 follows the one set in the print data.
Fixes the media of Tray2 to plain paper.
Fixes the media of Tray2 to transparencies.
Fixes the media of Tray2 to thin paper.
Fixes the media of Tray2 to bond paper.
Fixes the media of Tray2 to recycled paper.
The media type of Tray3 follows the one set in the print data.
Fixes the media of Tray3 to plain paper.
Fixes the media of Tray3 to transparencies.
Fixes the media of Tray3 to thin paper.
Fixes the media of Tray3 to bond paper.
T3 FIX=RECYCLED Fixes the media of Tray3 to recycled paper.
DEF ERRPRT=AUTO* Identifies the model and determines the default value automatically.
HL-5240/5250DN: ON
HL-5270DN/5280W: OFF
DEF ERRPRT=OFF
DEF ERRPRT=ON
Sets the default value of PCL error print to OFF.
Sets the default value of PCL error print to ON.
7-22
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
2.2 Reset Parts Life Menu
The reset parts life menu is used when the service personnel replace the periodical replacement parts. This menu is divided into the service menu described in the next section since it is supposed that a user replaces such parts if the replacement operation is easy. To enter the reset parts life menu, press the
Go
and
+
buttons at the same time until the menu
“RESET PARTS LIFE” appears on the LCD display. Select the required item (part name) using the “
+
/
–
“ switches, then press the “
Set
” switch.
< Function Table >
Title
Reset Parts Life Menu
Item to be Set
DRUM UNIT
PF KITMP
PF KIT 1
PF KIT 2
PF KIT 3
FUSER UNIT
LASER UNIT
Description
Initializes the drum unit remaining life.
Initializes the paper feeding kit MP remaining life.
Initializes the paper feeding kit 1 remaining life.
Initializes the paper feeding kit 2 remaining life.
Initializes the paper feeding kit 3 remaining life.
Initializes the fuser unit remaining life.
Initializes the laser unit remaining life.
7-23
Confidential
CHAPTER 7 SERVICE SUPPORT SOFTWARE
The main purpose of the service menu is to provide the service personnel with the printer information.
How to enter the Service Menu
Turn the machine on.
Press the
+
and
Set
buttons in this order while holding down the
Go
button.
How to access the Required Menu
Use either “
+
” or “
–
“ switch to scroll through the menu listing. To select an item, press the
“
Set
” switch. Then the sub-menu will appear.
Scroll through the sub menu items using the “
+
/
–
“ switches. To go back to a higher level, press the
Back
button.
How to exit the Service Menu
There are two options to exit the Professional Menu mode; either to press “
Go
” switch at any sub menus, to press the “
Back
” button consecutively to go up roots till exiting the Service
Menu.
7-24
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
< Function Table >
Title Subtitle
SERVICE INFO
ERROR
HISTORY
PAGE COUNT
JAM COUNT
JAM MP TRAY
JAM TRAY1
JAM TRAY2
JAM TRAY3
JAM INSIDE
JAM REAR
JAM DUPLEX
Description
Displays the number of printing pages.
REPLACE COUNT
TONER Displays the number of the toner cartridge unit replacement.
DRUM UNIT
PF KIT MP
PF KIT 1
Displays the number of the drum unit replacement.
Displays the number of the PF kit replacement.
PF kit MP/1/2/3 = PF kit for MP Tray / Tray1 /
Tray2 / Tray3.
PF KIT 2
PF KIT 3
FUSER UNIT
LASER UNIT
COVERAGE
PRINT PAGES
A4/LTR PAGE
LGL/A4LONG
PAGE
B5/EXE PAGE
ENVELOPE
PAGE
A5 PAGE
OTHER PAGE
1:#######
2:#######
3:#######
……
10:#######
Displays the number of jam occurrence.
Displays the number of the fuser unit replacement.
Displays the number of the laser unit replacement.
Displays the average coverage (when printing
Letter size paper at 100% print coverage).
Displays the number of pages when printing each paper size.
PRINT PAGES counter will be effective until it counts up to 100,000 pages for each paper size.
A4/LTR: A4, Letter
LGL/A4LONG: Legal, A4 long, FOLIO
B5/EXE: ISO B5, JIS B5, Executive
ENVELOPE: C5, COM10, DL, DLL, MONARCH
A5: A5
OTHER: Other paper than the ones described above.
Displays the 10 latest errors in order of newest to the oldest.
7-25
Confidential
CHAPTER 7 SERVICE SUPPORT SOFTWARE
Title Subtitle
LIFE PERIOD
DRUM LIFE
CHK %
MODIFY COUNT
(When setting the number of remaining life, the cursor moves to upper digits every time the
Set
button is pressed.
The counter is set by pressing the
Set
button when the cursor is placed at the top digit.)
DRUM UNIT
PF KIT
FUSER UNIT
LASER UNIT
Description
Displays the drum unit life period. (page)
Displays the PF kit life period. (page)
Displays the fuser unit life period. (page)
Displays the laser unit life period. (image)
Sets up the timing of showing “CHANGE DRUM
SOON” message.
Default setting: 90%, Setting range: 1 to100%
JAM COUNT Displays the total number of paper jam occurrence.
JAM MP TRAY
JAM TRAY1
JAM TRAY2
JAM TRAY3
JAM INSIDE
JAM REAR
JAM DUPLEX
REPLACE COUNT
The number of paper jam occurrence can be changed only to 0. (Reset only)
TONER
DRUM UNIT
PF KIT MP
PF KIT 1
Displays the number of the toner cartridge replacement.
Displays the number of the drum unit replacement.
Displays the number of the PF kit replacement.
PF kit MP/1/2/3 = PF kit for MP Tray / Tray1 /
Tray 2 / Tray 3.
PF KIT 2
PF KIT 3
FUSER UNIT
LASER UNIT
REMAIN LIFE
DRUM UNIT
DRUM UNIT2
PF KIT MP
PF KIT 1
PF KIT 2
PF KIT 3
Displays the number of the fuser unit replacement.
Displays the number of the laser unit replacement.
Displays the drum unit remaining life counters.
(page)
Displays the drum unit remaining life counters.
(rotation)
Displays the PF kit remaining life counters.
PF kit MP/1/2/3 = PF kit for MP Tray / Tray1 /
Tray 2 / Tray 3.
FUSER UNIT
LASER UNIT
Displays the fuser unit remaining life counters.
Displays the laser unit remaining life counters.
7-26
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
Title Subtitle Description
RESET COUNT
NV-RAM DEBUG NV-RAM HEX PRINT Prints NV-RAM HEX dump.
PPDS SUBSET ON/OFF Supports the PPDS Subset command in the FX
Emulation mode.
TEST MENU
CLEAR COVERAGE Initialize average coverage counter.
CLEAR ERROR HIST Initialize error history.
FAN TEST
FAN 1=ON/OFF*
Carries out movement test of FANs.
Carries out movement test of main fan, LVPS fan.
Carries out movement test of main motor.
MOTOR TEST
MAIN
MOTOR=ON/OFF*
SCAN
MOTOR=ON/OFF*
SENSOR TEST
FRONT
COVER=ON/OFF
Carries out movement test of scanner motor.
Front cover sensor (ON: Close)
T1
KOUTAN=ON/OFF
T2
KOUTAN=ON/OFF
T3
KOUTAN=ON/OFF
T1 tail edge sensor
T2 tail edge sensor
T3 tail edge sensor
REGI-MAE=ON/OFF Regist front sensor
REGI-ATO=ON/OFF Regist rear sensor
EJECT=ON/OFF Paper eject sensor
T1 PAPER=ON/OFF Tray 1 paper sensor
T2 PAPER=ON/OFF Tray 2 paper sensor
T3 PAPER=ON/OFF Tray 3 paper sensor
MP
PAPER=ON/OFF
MP Tray paper sensor
DX UNIT=ON/OFF The DX unit is closed. (ON: Close)
REAR
COVER=ON/OFF
Back cover sensor (ON: Close)
NEW
TONER=ON/OFF
T2
CONNECT=ON/OFF
New toner sensor
Tray 2 connect sensor
T3
CONNECT=ON/OFF
T4
CONNECT=ON/OFF
TONER=ON/OFF
Tray 3 connect sensor
Tray 4 connect sensor
Toner sensor (ON: Light reception)
7-27
Confidential
CHAPTER 7 SERVICE SUPPORT SOFTWARE
Title Subtitle
MAINTENANCE
Description
Always prints the maintenance and consumable parts information on the second page of the
Print Settings.
<Developing Bias: xxx V> is added to the end of the page.
The xxx characters show 400 V when the developer counter is 0 page, and it is designed that they are changed gradually from 400V to
300V at 4,000 pages (for standard cartridge) or
7,000 pages (for high yield cartridge). They remain 300V after 4,000 pages (for standard cartridge) or 7,000 pages (for high yield cartridge).
7-28
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
3. NVRAM DEFAULT VALUE
The default values for the main items to be set in NVRAM are as follows;
Timing of
Development switching timing
Paper size
Items Descriptions
Drum
LED ON
Fixing temperature
Smaller size mode
25,000 pages
(Counted from the drum unit life.)
The developing bias is switched from 400V to 300V gradually when 4,000 pages (Standard cartridge), 7,000 pages (High yield cartridge) are printed.
It is switched to 400V again when the toner cartridge is replaced with the new one.
(Counted from the number of the drum rotation in noncontinuous printing)
•
Transparency: 185°C
•
Thin paper: 195°C
•
Plain paper: 213°C
•
Thick paper: 200°C
•
Thicker/Bond paper: 200°C (in non-continuous printing)
Refer to 3.8 ‘PRINT SPEEDS WITH VARIOUS SETTINGS’ in
The default paper size is "A4". The paper size needs to be changed in US and other countries.
7-29
Confidential
Appendix 1. Main PCB Circuit Diagram, HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW (1/7)
1
2 3 4 5 6
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
7 8
A
B
C
D
E
F
Main Asic (Valkyrie)
MAIN ASIC(1/3)
SD_D[15-0]
2-1C
45MHz
C103
C5P
DATA[15-0]
3-1D/4-1E
DATA[0]
DATA[1]
DATA[2]
DATA[3]
DATA[4]
DATA[5]
DATA[6]
DATA[7]
DATA[8]
DATA[9]
DATA[10]
DATA[11]
DATA[12]
DATA[13]
DATA[14]
DATA[15]
TP500
R135
100
2
TP258
Y6
U6
SXOUT sys_clk
PLL
SSCG_AVDD
Y4
SSCG_AGND
Y3
TP254
C231
L17
(1608)
C232
C106
(2012)
R245
1 (1608)
+1.5V
System PLL
1.35V
1.65V
SGND
RESET_N
LAN_INT
X2 R134
4.7k
W6
C102
C5P
1
SMD-49
48.00MHz
3-2A/3-5A/3-6E
R106
1k
C68
C101
TP333
V20
4-1B
SGND
SGND
D20
F17
E17
E18
SXIN
RSTICN
EXINTN0
EXINTN1
EXINTN2/PD01
DREQN/PD00
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
5
5
6
7
8
+3.3V
2
1
4
RA15
33
3
U19
TP331
R18
2
U20
T19
1
4
RA14
33
3 TP332
T20
R19
2
P17
1
4
3
RA13
33
TP330
P18
R20
P19
N18
N17
P20
4
3
RA12
33
TP329
M17
2
1
N19
N20
DATA00
DATA01
DATA02
DATA03
DATA04
DATA05
DATA06
DATA07
DATA08
DATA09
DATA10
DATA11
DATA12
DATA13
DATA14
DATA15
B16
SDBKUPN
Local BUS
ADR01
ADR02
ADR03
ADR04
ADR05
M18
M19
M20
L18
TP343
ADR06
ADR07
ADR08
L19
L20
TP326
L17
K17
K19
ADR09
ADR10
ADR11
ADR12
K20
TP322
K18
J20
J19
ADR13
ADR14
ADR15
ADR16
ADR17
ADR18
J18
H20
H19
ADR19
ADR20
ADR21
ADR22
ADR23
ADR24
SDRAM
DIMM_VDD
DIMMD_GND
E1
G3
GND_D1
D1
TP325
J17
G20
TP327
H17
H18
G19
F20
TP324
G18
G17
C103
IORDN
IOWRN
E20
F19
R272
TP319
R105
47
47
E19
TP317
R271
F18
TP320
R269
33
CSROMN0
CSROMN1
33
EXCSN0
EXCSN1/PA01
D19
TP318
@R273 33
D18
TP328
C19
TP323
EXCSN2/PA02
DACKN/PA00
C20
TP374
R268 10k
TP316
ASIC def )
7
6
5
8
7
8
7
6
5
8
8
7
6
5
6
5
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
C207
C103
SGND
1
2
RA8
33
3
4
1
2
3
RA7
33
4
1
2
RA5
33
3
4
2
3
1
RA4
33
4
1
2
3
RA3
33
3
4
4
1
2
RA2
33
3-2A/3-3A/4-1A
3-2A/3-3A/4-1A
+3.3V
SGND
ADR[1]
ADR[2]
ADR[3]
ADR[4]
ADR[5]
ADR[6]
ADR[7]
ADR[8]
ADR[9]
ADR[10]
ADR[11]
ADR[12]
ADR[13]
ADR[14]
ADR[15]
ADR[16]
ADR[17]
ADR[18]
ADR[19]
ADR[20]
ADR[21]
ADR[22]
ADR[23]
ADR[24]
(SDRAM CLK
3-3A
3-2A
4-1A
)
SGND
IO_RD_N
IO_WR_N
ROM0_CS_N
ROM1_CS_N
LAN_CS_N
3-1D/4-1D
ADR[24-1]
SD_D[0]
SD_D[1]
SD_D[2]
SD_D[3]
SD_D[4]
SD_D[5]
SD_D[6]
SD_D[7]
SD_D[8]
SD_D[9]
SD_D[10]
SD_D[11]
SD_D[12]
SD_D[13]
SD_D[14]
SD_D[15]
PEDG_SEN
5-2D
REG_F_SEN
5-2D
REG_R_SEN
5-2D
PO_SEN
5-7E
PNEW_SEN
5-7B
FRONT_COVER_SEN
5-7C
T1_PE_SEN
5-2D
MP_PE_SEN
5-2E
DX_UNIT_SEN
5-7E
LT1_PE_SEN
5-4E
LT1_PEDG_SEN
5-4E
LT2_PE_SEN
5-4E
LT2_PEDG_SEN
5-4E
LT_DET1
5-4F
LT_DET2
5-4F
LT_DET3
5-4F
EEPROM_DATA
2-6E
D2
DIMMD00
C1
C2
DIMMD01
E3
DIMMD02
DIMMD03
D3
F4
DIMMD04
B1
DIMMD05
DIMMD06
C3
DIMMD07
A1
E4
DIMMD08
D4
DIMMD09
DIMMD10
B2
D5
DIMMD11
A2
DIMMD12
DIMMD13
D6
B3
DIMMD14
DIMMD15
C4
C5
A4
B4
DIMMD16/PE00
DIMMD17/PE01
A3
DIMMD18/PE02
DIMMD19/PE03
C6
DIMMD20/PE04
DIMMD21/PE05
B5
A5
DIMMD22/PE06
B6
DIMMD23/PE07
DIMMD24/PE08
D7
C7
DIMMD25/PE09
A6
DIMMD26/PE10
DIMMD27/PE11
B7
C8
DIMMD28/PE12
D8
A7
DIMMD29/PE13
DIMMD30/PE14
DIMMD31/PE15
MA00
MA01
MA02
MA03
MA04
MA05
MA06
MA07
MA08
MA09
MA10
MA11
MA12
D9
B8
TP237
A8
C9
B9
A9
TP235
C10
A10
B10
D10
TP236
D11
A11
B11
TP234
EEPROM
V18
SDA
UPD800268F1-011-MN9-A
SCL
T17
TP287
SDCLK0
G4
SDCLK1
F2
TP243
E2
TP214
SDCLK2
TP213
F3
SDCKE
TP240
B12
SDCSN0
C12
TP280
SDCSN1
A13
TP278
SDCSN2
TP281
B13
SDRASN
D12
TP273
SDCASN
TP241
A14
SDWEN
TP272
C11
SDBA0
SDBA1
A12
TP238
TP275
D13
SDDQM0
SDDQM1
C13
TP283
B14
TP276
SDDQM2
SDDQM3
SDDQM4
SDDQM5
SDDQM6
SDDQM7
A15
TP274
C14
TP277
D14
TP284
B15
TP279
A16
TP244
TP271
R151
R150
R149
82
33
33
90MHz
90MHz
90MHz
2-3B
2-7D
2-7D
SD_CLK0
SD_CLK1
SD_CLK2
R236
100
SD_CKE
2-3B
R260
R133
R122
68
33
33
45MHz
45MHz
45MHz
2-3B
2-7D
2-7D
SD_CS0_N
SD_CS1_N
SD_CS2_N
R123
R248
47
47
45MHz
45MHz
2-3B/2-7D
2-3B/2-7D
SD_RAS_N
SD_CAS_N
R121
47
45MHz
2-3B/2-7D
SD_WE_N
R247
R124
R263
100
R246
47
47
47
45MHz
45MHz
100kHz
2-3B/2-7C
2-3B/2-7C
SD_BA0
SD_BA1
6
5
8
7
7
6
5
6
5
8
8
7
R250
R258
R262
R259
R251
R120
R249
R116
10
10
47
47
47
47
47
47
1
2
RA38
47
3
4
2
3
1
RA36
47
3
4
4
1
2
RA37
47
45MHz
45MHz
45MHz
45MHz
45MHz
45MHz
45MHz
45MHz
SD_ADR[0]
SD_ADR[1]
SD_ADR[2]
SD_ADR[3]
SD_ADR[4]
SD_ADR[5]
SD_ADR[6]
SD_ADR[7]
SD_ADR[8]
SD_ADR[9]
SD_ADR[10]
SD_ADR[11]
SD_ADR[12]
2-3B/2-7B
2-3B/2-7B
2-7B
2-7B
2-7B
2-7B
2-7B
2-7B
SD_DQM0
SD_DQM1
SD_DQM2
SD_DQM3
SD_DQM4
SD_DQM5
SD_DQM6
SD_DQM7
2-1A
45MHz
SD_ADR[12-0]
2-6E
EEPROM_CLK
1 2 3
SGND
C208
C22P
TP502
2
R243
100
X3
C209
C22P
VBDN
5-4A
1
SMD-49
23.46178MHz
TP220
R244
1M
TP503
5-6C
PWM_TNRSEN
TNR_SEN
SGND
5-6C
10k R234
5-7B (ASIC def
REG_SOL
5-7A
T1_SOL
MP_SOL
5-7B
5-7E
DX_SOL
5-5D
LT1_SOL
LT2_SOL
5-5E
R239 10k
+3.3V
5-2D
HVVCLN
5-1E
FAN_MAIN_12V
+3.3V
5-1E (ASIC def
FAN_MAIN_24V
R240 100
R252 10k
TP41
TP18
)
TP187
)
TP407
TP242
TP219
TP247
P1
R1
W1
J1
K3
K2
H1
J3
J2
G1
J4
H2
MAIN ASIC(2/3)
U6
VXOUT
VXIN
VBDN
IDADC6/PB06
IDADC7/PB07
IDADC8/PF04
M1
K4
IDINT/PB14
IDBGNT/PB09
L3
IDRACK/PB13
L4
IDDREQ/PB10
ID_BUS
IDADC0/PWMA1/PB00
IDADC1/PWMA2/PB01
IDADC2/PWMA3/PB02
IDADC3/PWMA4/PB03
IDADC4/PWMA5/PB04
IDADC5/PB05
APLL_AVDD
U1
APLL_AGND
V1
IDCLK
IDRSTN/PWMA0
H3
H4
TP245
TP22
TP223
C120
C103
VDON0/PA08
W2
U4
VDON1/PA09
TP6
TP250
R500
CAL0/PA10/VIB0
CAL1/PA11/VIB1
M4
N4
TP30
ENB0/PA12/VIOP0
ENB1/PA13/VIOP1
LDHALF/PA14/TLED
33
TP215
V2
R4
TP29
R253 10k
TP249
(ASIC def
U3
TP340
IDBREQ/PB08
K1
L1
IDRREQ/PB12
L2
IDDACK/PB11
TP218
R241
33
L9
(1608)
C119
C106
(2012)
150MHz
)
5-4A
2-6E
5-4B
5-4B
SGND
5-1E
5-4C
4-1B
5-1F
5-1F
R156
1 (1608)
+1.5V
(VIDEO PLL
SGND
VDON
DIMM_SPD_CLK
VENBN
LDHALF
TNRLED
PNLLED3
LAN_RST
FAN_PS_24V
FAN_PS_12V
)
LD_MON
5-5B
THM_CENTER
5-2B/5-7D
THM_EDGE
5-2B/5-7D
FB_VCLN
FB_DEV
FB_GRID
5-2C
5-2C
5-2C
W18
Y17
W17
W16
Y16
MAIN ASIC(3/3)
U6
AI0/BD_SMP
Y18
AI1
AI2
AI3/FB_VCLN
AI4/FB_DEV
AI5/FB_GRID
HEATERON2
PNLSW0
PNLLED0
PNLSW1
5-1A
5-4C
5-4C
5-4C
DEBUG_RXD
PHOTO_RXD
4-7E
4-7F
TP25
High Speed UART1
G2
HS1RXD/HEAT2 HS1TXD/HEAT1
F1
High Speed UART2/PIO
PCLK/PC11
P2
HS2RXD/PDI HS2TXD/PDO
V4
U5
TP24
TP23
High Speed UART3/PIO
W20
U18
HS3RXD/PC03
HS3CTS/PC05
Y19
DBGRXD
W19
PHRXD
HS3TXD/PWMA7
HS3RTS/PWMA8
Debug UART
DBGTXD
PHTXD
Y20
R17
U16
U17
TP21
5-1A
5-4C
5-4C
5-2C
5-4C
4-6E
4-6F
HEATERON1
PNLLED1
PNLLED2
GRIDC
PNLLED4
DEBUG_TXD
PHOTO_TXD
FB_TRCCV
FB_TR
5-2D
5-2D
TMODEN
CH2
+3.3V
CDCC_DATA
CDCC_INT_N
CDCC_REQ_N
USB_VCC
USB_DATA_P
USB_DATA_M
4-8E
4-8D
4-8D
DCFGS
SCNFGS
HTLIMITN
4-8B
4-8B
4-8B
C249
C101
6-7C
6-5D
5-3B
SGND
UGND
22.5MHz
22.5MHz
22.5MHz
V3
Y2
U6
CDCC_DATA
CDCC_INTN
CDCC_REQN
CDCC I/F
CDCC_CLK
CDCC_RSTN
Y1
V5
TP224
R154
10
45MHz
4-8B
4-8B
CDCC_CLK
CDCC_RST_N
USB
USB_PVDD
Y14
VBUS/PC14
(+3.3V input)
USB_PVSS
V11
USB_RPU USB_AVDD
R266
1.5k
1%(F)
TP290
USB_AVSS
T10
T9
USB_DP
USB_DM
USB_VDD331
R265
39
T11
TP288
T8
R125
1.6k
1%(F)
R254
39
TP251
Y11
TP291
USB_RSDP
USB_RSDM
USB_RREF
( )
USB_GND1
USB_VDD151
USB_GND2
USB_COM
DC MOTOR CTL / PIO
R2
DCFGS/PC08 DCFR/VS/PC06
V8
W8
W11
Y12
Y8
Y9
U11
W10
U8
T2
T1
TP221
N3
DCCTL/PC07
SCANER MOTOR CTL/PIO
SCNFGS/PC10 SCNCTL/PC09
P3
TP615
TP209
TP253
C233
C87
C103
C103
C101
C103
C246
C103
(Digital
SGND
UGND
R235
33
L18
C234
C106
(2012)
C86
(1608)
C103
+3.3V
(Digital
SGND
+1.5V
C82
C104
)
)
6-5B
6-5B
6-5D
R256
1 (1608)
+1.5V
C81
(PLL
C104
UGND
TP259
)
C88
C106
(2012)
L7
(1608)
BLM18PG300SN1B
+3.3V
0
(Analog
SGND
L6
(1608)
UGND
TP256
DCFR
DCCTL
SCNCTL
+3.3V
N2
HEATER CTL/PIO
HTLMTN/PC13 RLYOFFN/PC12
N1
TP210
5-1A
RLYOFFN
HVPS/PIO
REV0/PWMDEV
REV1/PWMCHG
REV2/PWMVCLN
REV3/PWMTRCC
REV4/EXCSN2BN
CPU/JTAG
M3
W4
TP216
W3
M2
TP252
TP222
V19
TP217
TP20
B20
PLL_AVDD
5-4C
TP315
C67
C103
PLL_AGND
B19
PNLLED5
L5 (1608)
BLM18PG300SN1B
R104
1 (1608)
C66
C106
(2012)
R147 6.8k
R153 1k
+1.5V
SGND
R238 5.6k
R255 1
R242 0
R237 1
SGND
)
5-2D
5-2D
5-2D
5-2D
SGND
SGND
SGND
HVPWMDEV
HVPWMCHG
HVPWMTRCV
HVPWMTRCC
SGND
JTAG_RST
4-5E
B18
JTRST NTRC_CLK
D16
4-5E
NTRC_CLK
JTAG_CK
JTAG_MS
JTAG_RMODE/BKTGIO
JTAG_DI
4-5E
4-5E
4-5E
4-5E
A18
B17
A17
C15
JTCK
JTMS
NTRC_DATA0
C18
A20
NTRC_DATA1
NTRC_DATA2
NTRC_DATA3
A19
D15
RMODE_BKTGIO
JTDI
UPD800268F1-011-MN9-A
NTRC_END
C17
C16
JTDO
4-5F
4-5F
4-5F
4-5F
4-5E
4-5E
NTRC_DATA0
NTRC_DATA1
NTRC_DATA2
NTRC_DATA3
NTRC_END
JTAG_DO
TP226
W15
Y15
W5
Y5
Y7
W7
AI6
AI7/FB_TR
TSTMODEN
TSTCLK
TMC1
TMC2
AD_AVDD
V17
AD_AGND
V14
AD_AVREFP
V16
AD_AVREFM
U14
T18
V13
W14
W13
L16
TEN
TAPC_NWIRE_SEL
THMODE
NOTAP_TEST_SEL
BUNRI
VDD3_M16
VDD3_J16
VDD3_D17
M16
J16
D17
VDD3_E12
E12
E9
VDD3_E9
M10
M11
M12
J9
K9
L9
M9
J10
K10
L10
L11
K11
Y10
V10
U10
W9
V9
U9
L12
K12
J12
J11
GND_J9
GND_K9
GND_L9
GND_M9
GND_M10
GND_M11
GND_M12
GND_L12
GND_K12
GND_J12
GND_J11
GND_J10
GND_K10
GND_L10
GND_L11
GND_K11
GND_W9
GND_V9
GND_U9
GND_Y10
GND_V10
GND_U10
UPD800268F1-011-MN9-A
GND_E6
GND_N16
E6
F5
GND_F5
GND_H5
GND_T15
GND_R16
H5
GND_L5
GND_V15
L5
N5
GND_N5
GND_R3
GND_U12
GND_T12
R3
GND_R5
GND_V12
R5
T6
GND_T6
GND_V7
GND_W12
V7
W12
V12
U12
T12
V15
T15
R16
N16
H16
GND_H16
GND_F16
F16
GND_E15
E15
E13
GND_E13
GND_E8
E8
VDD_E5
E5
E7
VDD_E7
VDD_G5
G5
VDD_U2
U2
P5
VDD_P5
VDD_P4
VDD_E14
VDD_E11
P4
VDD_T5
VDD_E16
T5
T4
VDD_T4
VDD_U7
VDD_K16
VDD_G16
U7
VDD_T7
VDD_P16
T7
Y13
VDD_Y13
VDD_T14
VDD_T16
T14
T16
P16
K16
G16
E16
E14
E11
E10
VDD_E10
VDD3_J5
VDD3_K5
VDD3_M5
J5
K5
M5
VDD3_T3
VDD3_V6
T3
V6
VDD3_U13
VDD3_T13
VDD3_U15
U13
T13
U15
CODE
NAME
4 5 6 7
C247
C103
A3.3V
SGND
A3.3V
SGND
C221
C103
C230
C103
C245
C103
+1.5V
C222
C103
C229
C103
SGND
+1.5V
SGND
+1.5V
C227
C103
C248
C103
SGND
+1.5V
C241
C103
SGND
+1.5V
SGND
C238
C103
+1.5V
SGND
+1.5V
C237
C103
SGND
C225
C103
+3.3V
SGND
C226
C103
C244
C103
+3.3V
C228
C103
C243
C103
SGND
+3.3V
SGND
C240
C103
C239
C103
+3.3V
SGND
+3.3V
C236
C103
C242
C103
SGND
C223
C103
+3.3V
SGND
SGND
B512210CIR (1/7)
8
A
B
C
D
E
F
A-1
Confidential
APPENDIX
Appendix 1. Main PCB Circuit Diagram, HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW (2/7)
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
B
C
D
E
F
SDRAM,SODIMM,EEPROM
SD_ADR[12-0]
1-3E
45MHz
IMA[12-0]
45MHz
SD_ADR[0]
SD_ADR[1]
SD_ADR[2]
SD_ADR[3]
SD_ADR[4]
SD_ADR[5]
SD_ADR[6]
SD_ADR[7]
SD_ADR[8]
SD_ADR[9]
SD_ADR[10]
SD_ADR[11]
SD_ADR[12]
TP182
TP189
TP120
TP121
TP119
TP118
TP117
TP176
TP177
TP179
TP143
TP144
TP188
R219
R218
R226
R225
6
5
8
7
8
7
6
5
@R217
47
47
47
47
47
3
4
1
2
RA30
47
TP145
TP56
TP57
TP142
TP58
TP59
TP55
TP77
3
4
1
2
RA29
47
TP76
TP54
TP75
TP74
TP80
IMA[0]
IMA[1]
IMA[2]
IMA[3]
IMA[4]
IMA[5]
IMA[6]
IMA[7]
IMA[8]
IMA[9]
IMA[10]
IMA[11]
IMA[12]
SD_CS0_N
SD_RAS_N
SD_CAS_N
SD_WE_N
SD_DQM0
SD_DQM1
SD_CLK0
SD_CKE
SD_BA0
SD_BA1
45MHz
1-3D
1-3D/7D
45MHz
45MHz
TP42
TP181
1-3D/7D
1-3D/7D
45MHz TP131
TP132
45MHz
1-3E/7B
45MHz
1-3E/7B
TP147
TP116
90MHz
1-3D
1-3D
TP133
TP211
1-3D/7C
1-3E/7C
45MHz
45MHz
TP122
TP178
R207 0
R228
47
R227 47
R229 47
R216
0
R215 47
R214
47
R230 47
R224
47
SD_D[15-0]
1-1C
SD_D[0]
SD_D[1]
SD_D[2]
SD_D[3]
TP198
TP195
TP192
SD_D[4]
SD_D[5]
SD_D[6]
SD_D[7]
TP197
TP196
TP194
SD_D[8]
SD_D[9]
SD_D[10]
SD_D[11]
TP193
TP190
TP173
TP171
TP170
SD_D[12]
SD_D[13]
TP167
SD_D[14]
SD_D[15]
TP168
TP165
TP164
TP162
8
7
6
5
6
5
8
7
8
7
6
5
6
5
8
7
1
2
RA35
33
3
4
3
4
1
2
RA34
33
3
4
1
2
RA33
33
3
4
1
2
RA32
33
TP141
TP140
TP139
TP138
TP136
TP137
TP135
TP94
TP115
TP172
TP114
TP169
TP112
TP166
TP111
TP163
DMD[8]
DMD[9]
DMD[10]
DMD[11]
DMD[12]
DMD[13]
DMD[14]
DMD[15]
DMD[0]
DMD[1]
DMD[2]
DMD[3]
DMD[4]
DMD[5]
DMD[6]
DMD[7]
1 2 3
A
45MHz
DMD[15-0]
TP79
TP78
IMA[0]
IMA[1]
IMA[2]
IMA[3]
IMA[4]
IMA[5]
IMA[6]
IMA[7]
IMA[8]
IMA[9]
IMA[10]
IMA[11]
IMA[12]
TP43
TP129
TP82
TP83
TP146
TP113
TP81
SDRAM(128Mbit/256Mbit)
19
18
17
16
@U11
CS
RAS
CAS
WE
15
39
LDQM
UDQM
VDD1
VDD14
VDD27
VDDQ3
VDDQ9
VDDQ43
VDDQ49
3
9
43
49
1
14
27
38
37
CLK
CKE
20
BA0
21
BA1
VSS28
VSS41
VSS54
A12/NC6
VSSQ12
VSSQ46
VSSQ52
28
41
54
6
12
46
52
23
24
25
26
29
30
31
32
33
34
22
35
36
40
TP84
2
DQ0
4
TP51
DQ1
5
TP50
A0 DQ2
7
TP49
A1 DQ3
8
TP48
A2
A3
DQ4
DQ5
10
TP47
11
TP46
A4 DQ6
13
TP45
A5 DQ7
A6
A7
DQ8
DQ9
42
TP44
44
TP85
45
TP86
A8 DQ10
47
TP87
A9 DQ11
A10/AP
A11
DQ12
DQ13
48
TP88
50
TP89
51
TP90
A12/NC36 DQ14
NC DQ15
K4S281632F-UC75
53
TP91
TP93
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
6
5
5
8
7
8
7
6
3
4
1
2
RA25
22
3
4
1
2
RA26
22
1
2
RA23
22
3
3
4
4
1
2
RA22
22
0.5
+3.3V
SGND
DMD[0]
DMD[1]
DMD[2]
DMD[3]
DMD[4]
DMD[5]
DMD[6]
DMD[7]
DMD[8]
DMD[9]
DMD[10]
DMD[11]
DMD[12]
DMD[13]
DMD[14]
DMD[15]
4 5
DMD[15-0]
DMD[0]
DMD[1]
DMD[2]
DMD[3]
DMD[4]
DMD[5]
DMD[6]
DMD[7]
DMD[0]
DMD[1]
DMD[2]
DMD[3]
DMD[4]
DMD[5]
DMD[6]
DMD[7]
DMD[0]
DMD[1]
DMD[2]
DMD[3]
DMD[4]
DMD[5]
DMD[6]
DMD[7]
DMD[0]
DMD[1]
DMD[2]
DMD[3]
DMD[4]
DMD[5]
DMD[6]
DMD[7]
DMD[8]
DMD[9]
DMD[10]
DMD[11]
DMD[12]
DMD[13]
DMD[14]
DMD[15]
DMD[8]
DMD[9]
DMD[10]
DMD[11]
DMD[12]
DMD[13]
DMD[14]
DMD[15]
DMD[8]
DMD[9]
DMD[10]
DMD[11]
DMD[12]
DMD[13]
DMD[14]
DMD[15]
DMD[8]
DMD[9]
DMD[10]
DMD[11]
DMD[12]
DMD[13]
DMD[14]
DMD[15]
144PIN SO-DIMM
CN12
83
85
87
89
93
95
97
99
DQ16
DQ17
DQ18
DQ19
DQ20
DQ21
DQ22
DQ23
121
123
125
127
131
133
135
137
DQ24
DQ25
DQ26
DQ27
DQ28
DQ29
DQ30
DQ31
DQ0
DQ1
DQ2
DQ3
DQ4
DQ5
DQ6
DQ7
13
15
7
9
3
5
17
19
37
39
41
43
47
49
51
53
DQ8
DQ9
DQ10
DQ11
DQ12
DQ13
DQ14
DQ15
90
94
96
98
100
84
86
88
DQ48
DQ49
DQ50
DQ51
DQ52
DQ53
DQ54
DQ55
122
124
126
128
132
134
136
138
DQ56
DQ57
DQ58
DQ59
DQ60
DQ61
DQ62
DQ63
14
16
18
20
8
10
4
6
DQ32
DQ33
DQ34
DQ35
DQ36
DQ37
DQ38
DQ39
38
40
42
44
48
50
52
54
DQ40
DQ41
DQ42
DQ43
DQ44
DQ45
DQ46
DQ47
SD_ADR[0]
SD_ADR[1]
SD_ADR[2]
SD_ADR[3]
SD_ADR[4]
SD_ADR[5]
SD_ADR[6]
SD_ADR[7]
SD_ADR[8]
SD_ADR[9]
SD_ADR[10]
SD_ADR[11]
SD_ADR[12]
R220
4.7k
EEPROM_DATA
DIMM_SPD_CLK
1-1F
1-6A
SD_DQM0
SD_DQM2
SD_DQM1
SD_DQM3
SD_DQM4
SD_DQM6
SD_DQM5
SD_DQM7
1-3E/3B
1-3E
1-3E/3B
TP248
1-3E
1-3E
1-3E
1-3E
1-3E
TP268
TP286
TP246
TP174
TP175
EEPROM_CLK
1-3F
SD_BA0
SD_BA1
1-3D/3B
1-3E/3B
SGND
SD_CS1_N
SD_CS2_N
1-3D
1-3D
SD_RAS_N
SD_CAS_N
1-3D/3B
1-3D/3B
SD_WE_N
1-3D/3B
TP130
TP180
45MHz
45MHz
45MHz
45MHz
45MHz
SD_CLK1
1-3D
SD_CLK2
1-3D
+3.3V
TP108
TP616
90MHz
TP184
+3.3V
90MHz
TP183
TP285
TP124
TP185
TP134
TP186
TP92
TP128
TP125
TP127
R223
100
TP126
TP110
45MHz
45MHz
144PIN SO-DIMM
CN12
23
DQMB0
25
DQMB1
45MHz
45MHz
115
117
DQMB2
DQMB3
45MHz 24
45MHz 26
DQMB4
DQMB5
45MHz
45MHz
116
118
DQMB6
DQMB7
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10/AP
A11
A12
A13,DSP
104
105
109
111
112
70
72
29
31
33
30
32
34
103
106
110
BA0
BA1
69
71
65
66
67 nCS0 nCS1 nRAS nCAS nWE
61
62
74
68
CK0
CKE0
CK1
CKE1
59
60
73
77
80
57
58
78
79
NC/CB7
NC/CB0
NC/CB4
NC/CB1
NC/CB5
NC
NC,nMWAIT/CB2,nMWAIT
NC,nMIRQ/CB6,nMIRQ
NC/CB3
141
142
SDA
SCL
DMM3-RS144A2B-13
16kbits EEPROM
C203
C103
R222
100
TP109
@U13
8
VCC
6
SCL
5
SDA
7
TEST
VSS
4
A0
1
A1
2
A2
3
M24C16-WMN6TP
SGND
+3.3V
SGND
+3.3V
+3.3V
SGND
+3.3V
SGND
+3.3V
SGND
+3.3V
SGND
+3.3V
SGND
+3.3V
SGND
+3.3V
SGND
+3.3V
SGND
+3.3V
SGND
+3.3V
SGND
+3.3V
SGND
+3.3V
SGND
+3.3V
SGND
+3.3V
SGND
+3.3V
SGND
+3.3V
SGND
+3.3V
SGND
+3.3V
SGND
SGND
C130
C104
144PIN SO-DIMM
CN12
11
VDD
1
12
VSS
VDD
C139
C104
2
27
VSS
VDD
C129
C104
21
28
VSS
VDD
C138
C104
22
VSS
45
VDD
C128
C104
35
46
VSS
VDD
C141
C104
36
63
VSS
VDD
C127
C104
55
64
VSS
VDD
C137
C104
56
82
VSS
VDD
C136
C104
76
81
VSS
VDD
C126
C104
75
101
VSS
VDD
C125
C104
91
102
VSS
VDD
C140
C104
92
113
VSS
VDD
C123
C104
107
114
VSS
VDD
C135
C104
108
129
VSS
VDD
C122
C104
119
130
VSS
VDD
C134
C104
120
143
VSS
VDD
C121
C104
139
144
VSS
VDD
C133
C104
140
VSS
145
FG
SGND
146
FG
DMM3-RS144A2B-13
B
C
D
E
F
6 7
CODE
NAME B512210CIR (2/7)
8
A-2
Confidential
Appendix 1. Main PCB Circuit Diagram, HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW (3/7)
1 2 3 4 5 6
A
B
C
ROM, Reset IC, Board id
ROM1
FLASH
(64/32Mbit)
1-3A
ROM1_CS_N
1-3A/3A/4-1A
IO_WR_N
TP312
IO_RD_N
1-3A/3A/4-1A
26
11
28
15
@U14
CE
WE
OE
RY/BY
BYTE
RESET_N
ADR[1]
ADR[2]
ADR[3]
TP404
47
12
@R267 1k
TP405
25
24
RESET
23
22
A0
A1
A2
ADR[4]
ADR[5]
ADR[6]
ADR[7]
ADR[8]
ADR[9]
ADR[10]
ADR[11]
ADR[12]
ADR[13]
ADR[14]
ADR[15]
ADR[16]
ADR[17]
ADR[18]
ADR[19]
ADR[20]
ADR[21]
21
20
19
18
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
48
17
16
9
10
VCC
VSS27
VSS46
NC
WR/ACC
37
27
46
13
14
+3.3V
@C253
C104
SGND
A3
A4
A5
29 DATA[0]
DQ0
DQ1
31 DATA[1]
DATA[2]
A6 DQ2
33
35 DATA[3]
A7 DQ3
DQ4
DQ5
38 DATA[4]
A8
A9
40 DATA[5]
DATA[6]
A10 DQ6
42
44 DATA[7]
A11 DQ7
A12
A13
DQ8
DQ9
30
32
DATA[8]
DATA[9]
A14 DQ10
DQ11
DQ12
34
36
DATA[10]
DATA[11]
A15
A16
39 DATA[12]
DATA[13]
A17 DQ13
41
A18 DQ14
43
45
DATA[14]
DATA[15]
A19
A20
DQ15/A-1
MBM29PL32BM90TN-K-E1
+3.3V
+3.3V
ROM0_CS_N
IO_WR_N
IO_RD_N
1-3A
1-3A/2A/4-1A
1-3A/2A/4-1A
FLASH PIN
PIN
9
13
14
15
47
*NC pin
FUJITSU
TOSHIBA
LV type
64M
FUJITSU
DL type
Mirror
64M
32M
A21
ACC
WP
A19
A19
A21
WP/ACC
A19
NC
WP/ACC
Vccq
Vss
RY/BY
Byte
Vcc
16M
A19
NC
NC
OKI
P2ROM
64M
A19
A21
NC
RY/BY RY/BY
Byte Byte
NC
Byte
OKI
P2ROM
32M
A19
NC
NC
NC
Byte
ADR[15]
ADR[16]
ADR[17]
ADR[18]
ADR[19]
ADR[20]
ADR[21]
ADR[22]
ADR[23]
ADR[1]
ADR[2]
ADR[3]
ADR[4]
ADR[5]
ADR[6]
ADR[7]
ADR[8]
ADR[9]
ADR[10]
ADR[11]
ADR[12]
ADR[13]
ADR[14]
+3.3V
TP321
TP380
TP379
MASK ROM
(128/64Mbit)
24
@U16
CE VCC37
VCC38
37
38
27
OE
25
1
BYTE
VSS25
VSS26
26
23
22
A0
A1
VSS47
VSS48
47
48
21
20
10
9
2
15
14
11
13
6
5
A2
A3
19
18
17
16
8
7
4
3
12
36
A4
A5
A6
28
A7 D0
30
A8
A9
D1
D2
32
34
A10 D3
39
A11
A12
D4
D5
41
43
A13 D6
45
A14 D7
29
A15
A16
D8
D9
31
33
A17 D10
35
A18 D11
40
A19
A20
D12
D13
42
44
A21 D14
46
A22 D15/A-1
MR27V12850J-034TN
+3.3V
@C254
C104
SGND
DATA[0]
DATA[1]
DATA[2]
DATA[3]
DATA[4]
DATA[5]
DATA[6]
DATA[7]
DATA[8]
DATA[9]
DATA[10]
DATA[11]
DATA[12]
DATA[13]
DATA[14]
DATA[15]
ROM0
RESET_N
TP424
@R56 1k
32
MIRROR FLASH
(128/64Mbit)
@U15
43
CE VCC
13
WE
34 52
OE VSS52
17 33
RY/BY VSS33
53
BYTE
14 29
RESET VI/0(VCCQ)
TP455
+3.3V
@C251
C104
SGND
+3.3V
TP425
TP408
TP402
TP401
TP400
TP375
TP398
TP418
TP417
TP426
TP427
TP430
TP428
TP431
TP429
TP416
TP414
TP423
TP422
TP419
TP421
TP420
TP415
ADR[1]
ADR[2]
ADR[3]
ADR[4]
ADR[5]
ADR[6]
ADR[7]
ADR[8]
ADR[9]
ADR[10]
ADR[11]
ADR[12]
ADR[13]
ADR[14]
ADR[15]
ADR[16]
ADR[17]
ADR[18]
ADR[19]
ADR[20]
ADR[21]
ADR[22]
ADR[23]
SGND
31
26
25
24
A0
A1
A2
A3
NC27
NC28
NC30
27
28
30
12
15
2
1
56
55
23
22
21
20
10
9
8
7
6
5
54
19
4
3
A4
A5
A6
A7
WP/ACC
16
18
11
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
A24
DQ0
DQ1
35
37
DQ2
DQ6
39
41
DQ3
DQ4
DQ5
44
46
48
50
DQ7
DQ8
36
38
DQ9
DQ10
40
42
DQ11
DQ12
45
DQ13
47
49
DQ14
51
A25 DQ15/A-1
MBM29PL64LM-10PCM
SGND
+3.3V
TP348
TP350
TP349
TP307
TP305
TP344
TP345
TP346
TP310
TP309
TP308
TP306
TP304
TP303
TP302
TP342
DATA[0]
DATA[1]
DATA[2]
DATA[3]
DATA[4]
DATA[5]
DATA[6]
DATA[7]
DATA[8]
DATA[9]
DATA[10]
DATA[11]
DATA[12]
DATA[13]
DATA[14]
DATA[15]
D
E
F
ADR[24-1]
1-3B/4-1D
DATA[15-0]
1-1B/4-1E
SGND
ADR[1]
ADR[2]
10k
R282
10k
10k
R300
R301
ADR[3]
ADR[4]
ADR[5]
ADR[3]
ADR[4]
ADR[5]
10k
10k
10k
R299
R298
R297
ADR[6]
ADR[7]
ADR[8]
ADR[6]
ADR[7]
ADR[8]
10k
10k
10k
R295
R294
R293
ADR[9]
ADR[10]
ADR[11]
ADR[9]
ADR[10]
ADR[11]
10k
10k
R292
R291
ADR[12]
ADR[13]
ADR[12]
ADR[13]
10k R290
ADR[14] ADR[14]
10k
10k
10k
10k
10k
10k
10k
10k
10k
10k
10k
10k
10k
10k
R93
R48
R88
R46
R87
R44
R86
R43
R39
R76
R38
R75
R37
R74
10k
R289
ADR[16]
10k
R276
ADR[17]
ADR[15]
ADR[16]
ADR[17]
10k R36
10k
R35
10k
R277
10k
R85
ADR[18]
ADR[19]
10k R42
10k
10k
R80
R296
ADR[20]
ADR[21]
10k @R83
10k
@R306
ADR[22]
ADR[23]
ADR[20]
ADR[21]
ADR[22]
ADR[23]
10k
10k
10k
10k
R79
R40
@R81
@R305
ADR[24]
TP413
10k
R304
+3.3V
+3.3V
SGND
C55
C103
RESET IC
2
TP356
3
U4
VDD
CD
OUT
4
C54
C103
1
VSS
S-80928CLNB
TP301
1-1A/2A/5A
RESET_N
1 2 3 4 5 6
A-3
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
7 8
A
7
B
C
D
E
F
CODE
NAME B512210CIR (3/7)
8
Confidential
APPENDIX
Appendix 1. Main PCB Circuit Diagram, HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW (4/7)
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
B
C
D
E
F
LAN I/F, CDCC I/F, USB I/F, Debug Serial I/F
SGND
LAN_CS_N
1-3A
@C27
C8P
@C30
C10P
TP384
IO_RD_N
IO_WR_N
LAN_INT
LAN_RST
1-3A/3-2A/3-3A
1-3A/3-2A/3-3A
@R96
100
1-1A
1-6B
TP353
TP351 @R97
10k
@X1
SMD-49
25.00MHz
TP504
SGND
@R283
100
@R58
330
+3.3V
SGND
FG2
TP435
92
93
@C255
C102
TP386
74
TP357
SGND
76
9
71
73
75
84
6
@U1
XTAL1
5
94
72
PME
70
TP385
@R95
10k
+3.3V
LGND
@C33
C104
@C32
C104
@C59
C104
@C60
C104
XTAL2 nCS nRD nWR
IRQ nRESET
SPEED_SEL
FIFO_SEL
EXRES1
RBIAS
87
10
TPO+
TPO-
TPI+
TPI-
GPIO0/nLED1
GPIO1/nLED2
GPIO2/nLED3
79
78
83
82
@R284 12.4k
TP388
TP433
@R307 12k
1%(F)
TP391
TP390
98
Speed
99
Link&Activ
100
Full Duplex
TP436
4A
LGND
SGND
LAN_LEDA_N
LAN_LEDB_N
SGND
10k
SGND SGND
LAN
@CN5
12 FG
11 FG
@R91
49.9
L3.3V
(2012)
@R60
(2012)
@R62
49.9
(2012)
10
1%(F)
16VDC (1005)
10%(B)
C223
LAN_LEDA_N
2B
@R308
100
+3.3V
@C31
LGND
(1608)
@C43
C10P
@C44
C682
(2012)
49.9
@R90
@C45
(2012)
49.9
@R89
C682
+3.3V
LAN_LEDB_N
2B
@R98 100
(1608)
7 LED1_C
8 LED1_A
1 TCT
2 TD+
3 TD-
4 RD+
5 RD-
6 RCT
10 LED2
9 LED2 yellow orange green
08B0-1X1T-03-F
(1005)
25VDC
10%(B)
C103
@C257
ATEST
RESERVE71
RESERVE73
RESERVE75
RESERVE84
TP389
TP505
@R57
1M
TP387
TP355
EED/GPO3/nD16BUS
67
EECLK
69
68
EECS/GPO4
R600
10k
TP607
TP352
TP383
SGND
VDD_REF
8
+3.3V
ADR[1]
ADR[2]
ADR[3]
ADR[4]
ADR[5]
ADR[6]
ADR[7]
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
A4
A5
A6
A7
A1
A2
A3 VSS_REF
11
VDD_PLL
7
GND_PLL
4
@C28
C103
SGND
@C260
C106
TP434
@C259
C103
SGND
ADR[24-1]
1-3B/3-1D
VDD_CORE3
3
65
VDD_CORE65
@C52
C106
GND_CORE1
GND_CORE66
1
66
TP381
C612
C103
@C53
C103
SGND
TP438
L3.3V
@L2 (1608)
BLM18PG300SN1B
+3.3V
DATA[15-0]
1-1B/3-1D
DATA[8]
DATA[9]
DATA[10]
DATA[11]
DATA[12]
DATA[13]
DATA[14]
DATA[15]
DATA[0]
DATA[1]
DATA[2]
DATA[3]
DATA[4]
DATA[5]
DATA[6]
DATA[7]
5
8
7
6
6
5
8
7
6
5
6
5
8
7
8
7
1
2
@RA10
0 TP382
3
4
1
2
@RA9
0
3
4
2
3
1
@RA6
0
TP378
TP376
4
2
3
1
@RA1
0
4
TP377
SGND
TP600
TP601
TP602
TP603
TP604
TP605
TP606
59
58
57
64
63
62
D4
D5
D6
D0
D1
D2
D3
56
53
52
51
D7
D8
D9
D10
45
44
43
50
49
46
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
VDD(D16)
40
39
38
37
VDD(D17)
VDD(D18)
VDD(D19)
VDD(D20)
31
30
29
36
33
32
VDD(D21)
VDD(D22)
VDD(D23)
VDD(D24)
VDD(D25)
VDD(D26)
26
25
24
23
22
21
VDD(D27)
VDD(D28)
VDD(D29)
VDD(D30)
VDD(D31)
LAN9115
AVDD81
81
85
AVDD85
AVDD89
AVDD91
89
91
AGND77
77
80
AGND80
AGND86
AGND88
86
88
90
AGND90
VREG
VDD20
VDD28
VDD35
VDD42
VDD48
VDD55
VDD61
VDD97
GND19
GND27
GND34
GND41
GND47
GND54
GND60
GND96
47
54
60
96
19
27
34
41
2
20
28
35
42
48
55
61
97
@C261
C103
SGND
TP359
LGND
OT1
SGND
+3.3V
SGND
CN6
S0V
VDD3
JTAG_CK
JTAG_MS
JTAG_RST
JTAG_DI
JTAG_DO
6
7
4
5
1
2
3
JTAG_RMODE
NTRC_CLK
NTRC_END
NTRC_DATA0
NTRC_DATA1
NTRC_DATA2
NTRC_DATA3
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
BM14B-SRSS-TB
(SMD 16x3.6)
1:TX+
2:TX-
3:RX+
6:RX-
7:not use
8:not use
R270
4.7k
+3.3V
SGND
+3.3V
R132
10k
SGND
CDCC
CN13
ACKn
BUSY
PE
SELECT
FLTn
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
+5V
0V
0V
0V
24
25
26
27
28
29
20
21
22
23
16
17
18
19
30
10
11
12
13
32
0.5
R501 1.5k
SGND
+5.0V
@DA3
DF5A6.8FU(F)
SGND
RA21
1.5k
ATFEEDn
SELINn
INPRIMn
STBn
14
36
31
1
+5.0V
DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
DI6
DI7
DI8
7
8
9
5
6
2
3
4
@ZD3
UDZS6.8B
SGND
DF5A6.8FU(F)
@DA4
RA18
2.2k
+5.0V
NC
NC
NC
NC
15
33
34
35
FG
FG
37
38
NC
NC
@DA1DF5A6.8FU(F)
NC
NC
R136
0
SGND
SGND
DF5A6.8FU(F)
SGND
R186
0
@DA2
R188
0
FG1
TP608
TP609
TP610
TP611
TP269
1-4F
1-4F
1-4F
1-4F
1-5F
JTAG_CK
JTAG_MS
JTAG_RST
JTAG_DI
JTAG_DO
+3.3V
TP311
TP282
TP270
R119
10k
1-4F
1-5F
1-5F
JTAG_RMODE/BKTGIO
NTRC_CLK
NTRC_END
TP313
TP612
TP613
TP614
1-5F
1-5F
1-5F
1-5F
NTRC_DATA0
NTRC_DATA1
NTRC_DATA2
NTRC_DATA3
1 2 3 4 5
RA19
2.2k
RA27
33
8
7
6
5
R213
33
SGND
8
7
RA24
100
1
2
6
5
3
4
5
8
7
6
5
7
6
8
RA31
100
1
2
3
3
4
4
1
2
RA28
100
TP150
TP99
RA20
1.5k
3
4
1
2
+5.0V
+5.0V
+3.3V
C202
C103
C196
C103
C192
C103
SGND
C200
C103
CDCC_GA
U12
16
30
1
7
VDD51
VDD57
VDD516
VDD3
15
26
GND15
GND26
TP68
TP53
R212
1.5k
TP72
TP67
TP96
TP98
TP52
TP70
TP66
R208
1k
RSTN/SIN
21
TP64 C191
C101
SGND
R211
INTN
24
TP63
6
5
3
28
ACKN
BUSY
4
PE
SELECT
FLTN
REQN/SOUT
22
CLK/SCK
25
TP62
33
R209
33
TP149
TP60
TP95
TP225
2
29
AFN
27
17
SELINN
INITN
STBN
DATA
23
TP65
R210
33
TP148
1-6D
22.5MHz
1-4D
22.5MHz
1-4D
45MHz
1-6C
22.5MHz
1-4C
CDCC_RST_N
CDCC_INT_N
CDCC_REQ_N
CDCC_CLK
CDCC_DATA
AMC
13
TP69
20
SMC
TP61
SGND
TP97
TP151
TP101
TP73
TP100
TP71
18
D0
19
14
D1
12
D2
D3
11
10
D4
9
D5
D6
8
D7
CDCC-GA
USB
CN7
SGND
DM
2
DP
3
PC_+5V
1
GND
4
SGND
R109
0
FG
6
FG
5
LG5459001
CONNECTOR:UBR24-4K2300
R126
0
SGND
SGND
R108
10k
R107
15k
SGND
DEBUG
@CN20
DBRXD
1
+3.3V
@R184
10k
DBTXD
2
B2B-PH-K-Y(LF)
PHOTO-DEBUG
CN19
PHTXD
1
TP8
1-6C
DEBUG_TXD
U8
PHRXD
2
B2B-PH-K-M(LF)
TP7
R183
10k
1-6C
PHOTO_TXD
1
2
B
A
@U9
VCC
5
1
2
B GND
A Y
TC7SH08FU(F)
(SSOP5)
5V->3.3V Level
3
4
+3.3V
SGND
TP33
VCC
5
GND
Y
3
4
+3.3V
SGND
TP32
1-4C
DEBUG_RXD
1-4C
PHOTO_RXD
SGND
@CN15
1
5V +5.0V
SGND
2
GND
B2B-PH-K-PK(LF)(SN)
CODE
NAME
6 7
TP334
1-4D
USB_DATA_M
1-4D
USB_DATA_P
1-4D
USB_VCC
B512210CIR (4/7)
8
A
B
C
D
E
F
A-4
Confidential
Appendix 1. Main PCB Circuit Diagram, HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW (5/7)
1
2 3 4 5 6
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
7 8
A
B
C
D
E
F
Other PCB I/F Conector (LVPS HVPS LD PANEL RELAY_F RELAY_R TNR_SEN DX_SOL LT(opt.) )
LVPS
+3.3V
U7
V+
8
RLYOFFN
1-6E
R140 10k
SGND
C105
C102
L8
1
CN8
RELAYOFFN
V-
LM393PT 4
TP161 R139 10k
HEATERON1
1-6C
HEATERON2
1-4C
TP267
SGND
9
CN8
HEATERONN1
5
6
+
-
C205
C102
+5.0V
C206
SGND
C103
HEATER HARD-LIMIT
3.3V
0V HARD LIMIT ON
THM_CENTER
HEATER HARD-LIMIT
3.3V
0V
1-7A/7D
308
295
HARD LIMIT ON
1.2k
1%(F)
1%(F)
THM_EDGE
A3.3V
A3.3V
18k
1-7B/7D
R142
680
1%(F)
R141
18k
1%(F)
C101
TP156
U7
3
+
2
-
TP157
1
LM393PT
SGND
R161
R160
SGND
TP106
U7
7
LM393PT
R607
10k
SGND
B
Q13
4.7k
47k
DTC143ZUA
Q12
4.7k
C
C
E
SGND
SGND
C204
C102
10
CN8
HEATERONN2
+3.3V
R606
10k
HTLIMITN
1-4E
B
SGND
47k
DTC143ZUA
E
SGND
+24V_2
TP1
TP260
TP450
+24V
TP229
TP11 TP451
TP295 TP396
PGND
TP701
TP700 TP702
4
5
CN8
+24V
CN8
+24V
C724
C235
C210
C104
(1608)
2
3
CN8
24VRET
CN8
24VRET
SGND
TP227
TP4 TP373
TP347 TP153
C103
8
CN8
S0V
+3.3V
TP228
TP453
TP15
C100
EEE1AA101SP
C501 10V
( 6.3)
7
CN8
+3.3V
C89
C103
+8.0V
6
CN8
+8V
HVPS
B10B-EH
CN1
22
VCC24 +24V_2
PGND
C9
C104
11
24RET
TP449
R17 100
FB_VCLN
1-7B C72
C102
SGND SGND
C7
C102
21
FB_VCLN
TP397
R13
100
FB_DEV
1-7B
C6
18
FB_DEV
C73
C102
SGND
C102
GRIDC
1-6C
FB_GRID
1-7B
FB_TRCCV
1-7C
FB_TR
1-7C
TP448
TP399
TP446
TP447
C85 C84
C83
C70
R14
R16
R11
R12
100
100
100
100
SGND
+3.3V
ANALOG
ANALOG
ANALOG
1k
19
20
12
13
GRIDC
FB_GRID
FB_TRCCV
FB_TR
VBDN
1-4A
TP28
VDON
1-6A
VENBN
1-6A
LDHALF
1-6A
PNLSW0
1-4C
PNLSW1
1-4C
PNLLED5
1-5E
PNLLED4
1-6C
PNLLED3
1-6B
PNLLED2
1-6C
PNLLED1
1-6C
PNLLED0
1-4C
PWM
PWM
LED
L
H
PORT
(RESET)
TP26 R179 1k
TP27
C115
C102
SGND
R196
4.7k
+3.3V
SGND
R181 1k
C252
C102
R193
0
R192
68k
SGND
LD_MON
1-7A
R178
R180
SGND
R189
0
TP31
4.7k
+5.0V
1k
+3.3V
C101
SGND
C102
HVVCLN
1-4B
HVPWMDEV
1-7E
HVPWMCHG
1-7E
HVPWMTRCC
1-7E
HVPWMTRCV
1-7E
23
16
15
10
14
PWM_VCLN
PWM_DEV
PWM_CHG
PWM_TRCC
/TRCV
TNRLED
1-6B
SGND
Q15
C
B
10k
47k
DTC114YUA
E
SGND
+3.3V
FAN_MAIN_24V
1-4B
TP368
FAN_MAIN_12V
1-4B
TP370
SGND
REG_F_SEN
1-1E
REG_R_SEN
1-1E
PEDG_SEN
1-1E
T1_PE_SEN
1-1E
MP_PE_SEN
1-1E
C101
+3.3V
C3 C2 C4 C5
C8
+3.3V
R280
1k
R72
1k
TP444
TP445
TP442
TP372
TP443
C211
C212
C219
C218
C213
SGND
C102
+24V_2
+24V_2
TP339
C101
R8
R9
R4
R1
R5
R275
+5.0V
R274
10k
820
TP338
TP395
5
QA1
1
0.4
SGND
ZD2
TP369
QA1
4
2
3
IMX17
PGND
(PITCH=15)
BZX85-C11
+24V_2
DA5
A1
C
SDS2838
100
100
100
100
100
C706
C707
C708
C709
C710
SGND
C101
B
Q14
E
A1577
C
1/2W
R67 33
(10mm pitch)
A2
SGND
+3.3V
C1
C103
C19
C102
110mA
(1608)
PGND
8
9
6
5
7
4
17
1
3
REG_FRONT_SEN
REG_REAR_SEN
PEDG_SEN
T1_PE_SEN
MP_PE_SEN
TNRLED
S0V
VCC3.3V
FAN_MAIN
SGND
TP409
LT1_PE_SEN
1-1E
LT1_PEDG_SEN
1-1E
LT2_PE_SEN
1-1E
LT2_PEDG_SEN
1-1E
TP410
TP454
TP456
LT_DET1
1-1E
LT_DET2
1-1F
LT_DET3
1-1F
TP452
TP411
TP412
C102
RA41
1
2
4
3
LT1_SOL
1-4B
LT2_SOL
1-4B
+3.3V
100
8
7
5
6
RA42 68k
RA43
68k
+3.3V
SGND
RA40
1
2
3
100
8
7
6
RA40
4
100
5
RA43
4
68k
5
7B
COVER/VDD5I
SGND
+5.0V
+3.3V
R190
1k
SGND
C101
(200mA)
LD
1
5VI
8
BD
R191
BLM18RK221SN1D
(1608)
3
DATA
6
PWMENB
ANALOG
R194
C185
C175
C103
C173
C103
SGND
C101
L11
L12
L13
L14
L15
L16
0
0
0
0
0
0
C102
SGND
+5.0V
C165
C103
5
LDHALF
100 7
LD_MON
IMSA-9615S-08A-PP-A
PANEL
CN17
7
SW0 /PNLDI
8
SW1
CN18
1
2
3
4
5
6
LED5
LED4
LED3
LED2/PNLDO
LED1/PNLCLK
LED0/PNLRST
9
GND
10
+5V
S10B-PH-K-S(LF)
+24V_2
PGND
SGND
C10
C104
C617
C103
R47
BLM15AG601SN1D
R55
BLM15AG601SN1D
LT(opt)
CN2
2
24V
1
24RET
3
LT1_SOL
10
LT2_SOL
+3.3V
SGND
(1608)
L600
0
2
GND
4
5V
4
3V
5
6
11
12
LT1_PE
LT1_PEDG
LT2_PE
LT2_PEDG
7
8
9
LT_DET1
LT_DET2
LT_DET3
B12B-PH-K-S(LF)
FAN_PS_24V
1-6B
TP364
FAN_PS_12V
1-6B
TP366
C101
R278
1k
R69
1k
SGND
QA2
1
0.4
TP394
TP365
5
IMX17
QA2
6
4
2
3
IMX17
PGND
ZD1
(PITCH=15)
BZX85-C11
110mA
2
FAN_PS
C18
C102
(1608)
PGND
IMSA-9615S-23A-PP
SGND
C102
SGND
SGND
C101
1 2 3 4 5 6
+24V
RELAY_FRONT
CN16
9
+24V
T1_SOL
1-4B
REG_SOL
1-4B
TP37
TP38
R200
R202
470
390
TP10
TP12
D7
1SS355
B
Q9
C
2SC5865
E
B
Q10
C
2SC5865
E
DA6
A1 C
SDS2838
A2
0.5
450mA
625mA
8
7
T1_SOL
REG_SOL
450mA
MP_SOL
1-4B
TP39
R204
470
TP13
B
Q11
C
2SC5865
E
C157 C158 C159
C102
PGND
C101
SGND
SGND
TP14
R166
PNEW_SEN
1-1E
COVER/VDD5I
(to LD POWER)
5A
FRONT_COVER_SEN
1-1E
+3.3V
TP3
TP123
(200mA)
+3.3V
R169
68k
E
SGND
Q8
C
10k
47k
DTC114YUA
B
C160
C102
SGND
PGND
+3.3V
100
R167
68k
C163
C103
L10
(1608)
C168
0
C101
SGND SGND
+5.0V
SGND
+3.3V
C169
C103
TNR_SEN
1-4B
R195
68k
1
LM393PT
U10
+
3
-
2
TP17
TP16
R170
R168
470k
10k
C161
C102
6
4
1
5
2
MP_SOL
PNEW_SEN
F_COV_SEN
+5V
S0V
3
TNR_SEN
IMSA-9615S-09A-PP-A
+5.0V
R205 10k
TP19
R171 10k
PWM_TNRSEN
1-4B
R206
68k
C162
C103
10%
SGND
SGND
C164
C103
10%
SGND
SGND
SGND
U10
5
+
6
-
7
LM393PT
TP40
C186
C103
SGND
U10
V+
8
V-
LM393PT 4
TP441
THM_CENTER
1-7A/2B
THM_EDGE
1-7B/2B
TP440
C103
C69
R63
10k
R29
18k
1%(F)
SGND
SGND
R64
10k
C71
C103
R30
18k
1%(F)
A3.3V
(1608) L1
0
C12
C103
SGND
ANALOG
ANALOG
RELAY_REAR
CN3
4
VDD3
1
S0V
5
6
THM_CENTER
THM_EDGE
C15
C101
C16
C101
PO_SEN
1-1E
DX_UNIT_SEN
1-1E
SGND
TP439
TP437
C224
C102
R61
R59
SGND
+3.3V
R28
68k
100
100
C216
C102
C13
C101
SGND
R27
68k
C14
C101
3
2
PO_SEN
DX_UNIT_SEN
IMSA-9615S-06A-PP-A
SGND SGND
+24V
DX_SOL
@CN14
1
+24V
@D6
1SS355
DX_SOL
1-4B
TP36
SGND
R163 820
R162
10k
TP35
B
@Q7
C
2SD1484K
E
PGND
SGND
0.5
180mA
2
DX_SOL
S2B-PH-K-S(LF) C144
C102
PGND
7
CODE
NAME B512210CIR (5/7)
8
A
B
C
D
E
F
A-5
Confidential
APPENDIX
A
Appendix 1. Main PCB Circuit Diagram, HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW (6/7)
1
2 3
REGURATOR, MOTOR DRIVER
B
C
D
4 5 6 7 8
A
1.5V(FOR ASIC)
D5
RB751V-40
REGULATOR
+3.3V
EEE1AA101SP
10V
( 6.3)
C100
SGND
C502
C110
IN
Q6
LD1117DT-R
OUT
ADJ
TP207
R146
C104
1k
TP239
1%(F)
C111
C104
+5.0V
TP5
TP341
TP2
C58
C104
SGND
+8.0V
SGND
C46
C104
5.0V
D3
REGULATOR
RB751V-40
Q5
IN
GND
OUT
LD1117S50
C47
C104
+5.0V
C503
EEE1AA101SP
10V
(
C100
6.3)
SGND
CH1
1.5V
+1.5V
(TO Main ASIC
C504
EEE1AA101SP
10V
( 6.3)
C100
Logic)
SGND
3.3V(Analog 3.3V)
D4
RB751V-40
2
U2
VDD VOUT
3
REGULATOR
TP360
A3.3V
(TO Main ASIC A/D )
4
CE
RQ5RW33B
GND
1
C57
C104
C505
EEE1AA101SP
10V
( 6.3)
C100
SGND
MAIN MOTOR DRIVER
CN4
HU+
HU-
HV+
HV-
HW+
HW-
19
18
17
16
15
14
RA11
2
1
3
R100
R99
4
1k
7
8
5
6
1k
1k
L4 0
S0V
12
L3 0
C34
+5V
13
C103
TP363
TP362
V
V
W
U
U
U
V
FG+
FG-
W
W
5
4
3
2
1
8
7
6
11
10
9
TP361
TP336
TP337
TP335
C103
C606
FG+
7C
7C
FG-
C103
C608
IMSA-9615S-19A-PP-A
TP264
TP298
TP294
TP265
TP293
TP292
SGND
+5.0V
C103
C611
C101
SCANNER MOTOR DRIVER
CN10
14
RA17
2
1k
7
HU+
HU-
13 1 8
HV+
HV-
HW+
HW-
12
11
10
9
R138
R137
4
3
5
6
1k
1k
+5V
8
+5.0V
S0V
7
COILU
COILU
COILV
COILV
COILW
COILW
2
1
4
3
6
5
C103
C104
TP152
TP154
TP103
TP105
TP102
TP104
SGND
C103
C609
C103
C607
TP200
TP199
TP202
TP203
TP204
TP201
C610
C103
IMSA-9615S-14A-PP-A
C101
7A
7B
7B
MAIN_UOUT
DCFR
1-6E
MAIN_VOUT
MAIN_WOUT
DCCTL
1-6E
TP206
R111
56k
1%(F)
C103
C79
C103
C78
C103
C77
13
12
U5
HA1+
HA1-
15
HB1+
14
HB1-
17
HC1+
16
HC1-
25
CW/CCW
OUT1_A
OUT1_B
OUT1_C
29
28
26
RS1
27
TP261 C74
R112
TP263
C102
TP262
21
LP1_1
22
LP1_2
C75
C102
SGND
C506
C221
R92
5B
MAIN_UOUT
5B
MAIN_VOUT
MAIN_WOUT
5B
0.33
PGND
2W 2%(G)
(PITCH=15)
FGO
23
FGS1
24
TP208
10k R257
+3.3V
DCFGS
1-4E
SGND
C103
C90
C103
C91
31
HA2+
30
HA2-
33
HB2+
32
HB2-
OUT2_A
OUT2_B
OUT2_C
RS2
7
9
10
8
1.0
7C
7C
7C
SCNFGS
1-4E
SCANNER_UOUT
SCNCTL
1-6E
SCANNER_VOUT
SCANNER_WOUT
TP212
SGND
+3.3V
R128
100k
1%(F)
35
HC2+
C103
C92
34
HC2-
R144
10k
2
FG2
TP233 C95
R127
100k
1%(F)
C94
C102
SGND
+5.0V
TP231
C102
TP230
C507
C221
SGND
C106
C104
4
5
1
36
18
19
LP2_1
LP2_2
NC6
NC11
6
11
VCC1
VCC2
20
3
VDD1
VDD36
P-GND37
37
38
S-GND18 P-GND38
S-GND19
TB6577FG
TP232
TP266
C93
C104
5D
SCANNER_UOUT
5D
SCANNER_VOUT
5D
SCANNER_WOUT
0.47
PGND
1W
(PITCH=12.5)
C96
50V
C100
+24V
FG+
C76
C104
4C
FG-
4C
C63
TP296
R102
TP299
C104
1.5k
1%(F)
+5.0V
R101 150k
1%(F)
C62
C471
C64
R103
10k
1%(F)
C104
C61
50V
SGND
R113
10k
1%(F)
3
1
U3
4
TA75S01F
TP297
U3
V+
5
V-
TA75S01F 2
+24V_2
C100
PGND
+5.0V
C65
C103
SGND
B
C
D
E E
F
1 2 3 4
A-6
5 6 7
F
CODE
NAME B512210CIR (6/7)
8
Confidential
A
Appendix 1. Main PCB Circuit Diagram, HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW (7/7)
1
2 3 4 5 6
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
7 8
A
B
C
D
E
F
1 2
U800
WLAN_CS_N
1-3A
IO_RD_N
1-3A/3-2A/3-3A/4-1A
IO_WR_N
1-3A/3-2A/3-3A/4-1A
R803
R804
100
100
TP808
TP809
TP810
WLAN_RST_N
1-6A
WLAN_INT
1-1A
21
20
22
CS
RD
WR
R805 1k
R806
TP811
32
RESET
C800
C104
SGND
TP812
30
INT1
0
TP813
31
INT2
X1in
43
SMD-49 12.00MHz
1
R800
3.3k
X2out
H_PSW1
H_PSW2
H_OC1
H_OC2
44
TP828
35
36
42
41
DATA[15-0]
1-1B/3-1D/4-1E
DATA[8]
4
DATA[9]
3
DATA[10] RA800
2
DATA[11]
1
DATA[12]
4
DATA[13]
3
DATA[14] RA801
2
DATA[15]
1
DATA[0]
DATA[1]
1
RA802
2
DATA[2]
3
DATA[3]
4
DATA[4]
DATA[5]
1
RA803
2
DATA[6]
3
DATA[7]
4
5
6
5
8
5
6
7
33
8
7
8
33
8
7
6
33
7
6
33
5
TP819
63
TP820
64
2
D2
3
D0
D1
D3
5
D4
6
D5
7
D6
TP821
8
10
D7
D8
11
D9
12
D10
TP822
13
15
D11
D12
16
D13
17
D14
18
D15
OTG_DM1
OTG_DP1
49
50
H_DM2
H_DP2
TEST0
23
59
TEST1
TEST2
CLKOUT
46
47
60
38
CP_CAP1
CP_CAP2
53
54
R807
ADR[2]
1-3B/3-1D/4-1D
SGND
100
R809
TP803
10k
TP804
61
62
A0
A1 Vdd_5V
56
24
25
28
29
DREQ1
DREQ2
DACK1
DACK2
Vbus
55
WLAN_DREQ
1-1B
WLAN_DACK_N
1-3B
+3.3V
TP801
+3.3V
R808
10k
WLAN_H_SUSPEND
1-1B
+3.3V
TP800
TP802
+3.3V
SGND
TP805
R810
100
TP806
R816 10k
TP807
Vcc4
4
14
Vcc14
26
Vcc26
40
Vcc40
52
Vcc52
58
Vcc58
R811
TP814
100
R812 100k
TP815
33
34
TP816
39
TP817
45
H_SUSPEND/WAKEUP
D_SUSPEND/WAKEUP
GL
OTGMODE
DGND1
DGND9
1
9
DGND19
DGND27
19
27
DGND37
DGND57
37
57
R813 10k
TP818
48
R814 10k
R815 10k
ID
ISP1362BD
AGND
51
+3.3V
R818
220
TP823
TP824
TP825
TP829
TP826
TP827
TP830
TP831
2
TP841
TP832
TP833
TP838
TP839
TP834
TP835
TP836
R822
TP837
R819
R820
R821
100k
10k
10k
C801
823
R817 10k
SGND
C806
C807
C27P
R825
R823
OT2
5C
+3.3V
C804
C103
VDD_5V
SGND
C27P
100
R826
22
22
10k
SGND
+3.3V
R827
10k
5D
VDD_5V
+3.3V
+3.3V
SGND
+5.0V
SGND
C813
SGND
C104
C812
C47P
L800 (1608)
0
+3.3V
TP843
1
2
SGND
U801
IN OUT
5
3
EN
GND
FLG
R5520H001A-T1-FB
C814
C47P
SGND
TP846
500mA
Wireless LAN
CN800
2
+5V
C815
C104
TP844
TP845
5
GND
4
3
DATA-
DATA+
TP847
FG_WLAN
1
6
FG
FG
BM06B-SRSS-TB
+24V_2
C816
C101
+3.3V
+24V
C817
C101
+24V_2
+24V
C818
C101
+5.0V
3 4
A-7
5 6
B
C
D
E
7
F
CODE
NAME B512210CIR (7/7)
8
Confidential
APPENDIX
Appendix 2. Low-voltage Power Supply PCB Circuit Diagram (100V)
1
2 3
A
4
B
C
D
E
F
5
1 2 3 4
A-8
5
6 7 8
A
B
C
6
D
E
F
7
NAME
Low-voltage PS Circuit (100V)
8
Confidential
D
E
F
B
C
A
Appendix 2. Low-voltage Power Supply PCB Circuit Diagram (200V)
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4
A-9
5
6
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
7 8
A
B
C
6
D
E
F
7
NAME Low-voltage PS Circuit (200V)
8
Confidential
APPENDIX
A
Appendix 3. High-Voltage Power Supply Circuit Diagram
1
2 3 4
B
C
D
E
F
5
1 2 3 4
A-10
5
6 7 8
A
B
C
6
D
E
7
F
NAME High-Voltage PS Circuit
8
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
APPENDIX 4 POINT TO POINT CONNECTION DIAGRAM
RELAY_
FRONT
RELAY_
REAR
DX_SOL
LD
PANEL
WIRELESS
LAN
HL5280DW only
CN16-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
+24V
T1_SOL
REG_SOL
MP_SOL
+5V
PNEW_SEN
TNR_SEN
S0V
F_COV_SEN
CN3-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
THM_EDGE
THM_CENTER
VDD3
PO_SEN
DX_UNIT_SEN
S0V
CN14-2
-1
DX_SOL
+24V
CN18-8
-3
-2
-1
-7
-6
-5
-4
BD
LD_MON
PWNENB
LDFALF
+5V
DATA
GND
+5VI
CN17-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
+5VI
GND
SWI
SW0/ PNLDI
LED0/ PNLRST
LED1/ PNLCLK
LED2/ PNLDO
LED3
LED4
LED5
CN800-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
FG
GND
DATA-
DATA+
+5V
FG
USB
CN7
Parallel
Interface
CN13
LAN
CN5
DIMM
CN12
LT2_PEDG
LT2_PE
LT2_SOL
LT_DET3
LT_DET2
LT_DET1
LT1_PEDG
LT1_PE
+3V
LT1_SOL
+24V
24VRET
CN2-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
HEATERONN1
S0V
+3.3V
+8V
+24V
+24V
24VRET
24VRET
CN8-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
Main PCB
PWM_VCLN
VCC24
FB_VCLN
FB_GRID
GRIDC
FB_DEV
S0V
PWM_DEV
PWM_CHG
/TRCV
FB_TR
FB_TRCCV
24RET
PWN_TRCC
REG_REAR_SEN
REG_FRONT_SEN
MP_PE_SEN
PEDG_SEN
T1_PE_SEN
TNRLED
FAN_MAIN
FAN_PS
VCC3.3V
CN1-23
-22
-21
-20
-19
-14
-13
-12
-11
-18
-17
-16
-15
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
HU+
HU-
HV+
HV-
HW+
HW-
+5V
S0V
U
U
U
V
V
V
W
W
W
FG+
FG-
CN4-19
-18
-17
-16
-15
-14
-13
-12
-11
-4
-3
-2
-1
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
HU+
HU-
HV+
HV-
HW+
HW-
+5V
S0V
U
V
W
W
U
V
CN10-14
-13
-12
-11
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
LT(OPTION)
LVPS
HVPS
MAIN
MOTOR
DRIVER
SCANNER
MOTOR
DRIVER
A-11
Confidential
APPENDIX
APPENDIX 5 GEAR LAYOUT DRAWING
1. HL-5240
LM5016001
EJECTOR
GEAR 16
LM5475001
EJECTOR
GEAR 44SX
LM5052001
REGISTER
GEAR 21
CENTER
LM5053001
REGISTER
GEAR 48
LM5055001
CARRIER
REGISTER
GEAR 159/43
INTERNAL
LM5101001
GEAR 23
LM5461001
REGISTER
DIFFERENTIAL
LM5065001
MP GEAR 55/60
SECTOR
LM5019001
EJECTOR
GEAR 22
LM5048001
FUSER GEAR
39R H/R DRIVE
LM5025001
P/P GEAR 17
CENTER
LM5042001
FUSER GEAR
17/63R
PENDULUM
LM5054001
REGISTOR
GEAR
19 PLANETARY
LM5026001
P/P GEAR
32CARRIER
LM5027001
P/P GEAR 15
PLANETARY
LM5028001
P/P GEAR
147/37
INTERNAL
LM5460001
P/P
LM5070001
T1 GEAR 31/47
DIFFERENTIAL
LM5071001
T1 GEAR 50/45
SECTOR
LM5056001
FEEDER GEAR 21/31
PENDULUM
LM5104001
GEAR 17 (white)
LM5057001
FEEDER GEAR 48
LM5050001
DX GEAR 27/68 L
LM5102001
GEAR 17 (black)
LM5103001
GEAR 20
LM5023001
P/P GEAR 29
CLUTCH CAM
A-12
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
2. HL-5250DN/ 5270DN/ 5280DW
LM5016001
EJECTOR
GEAR 16
LM5015001
EJECTOR
SWITCH
ARM
LM5016001
EJECTOR
GEAR 16
LM5052001
REGISTER
GEAR 21
CENTER
LM5053001
REGISTER
GEAR 48
CARRIER
LM5055001
REGISTER
GEAR 159/43
INTERNAL
LM5101001
GEAR 23
LM5461001
REGISTER
DIFFERENTIAL
LM5065001
MP GEAR 55/60
SECTOR
LM5013001
EJECT
GEAR 28
SECTOR
LM5019001
EJECTOR GEAR 22
LM5048001
FUSER GEAR
39R H/R DRIVE
LM5025001
P/P GEAR 17
CENTER
LM5042001
FUSER GEAR
17/63R
PENDULUM
LM5054001
REGISTOR
GEAR
19 PLANETARY
LM5026001
P/P GEAR
PLANETARY
LM5028001
P/P GEAR
147/37
INTERNAL
LM5460001
P/P
DIFFERENTIAL
LM5070001
T1 GEAR 31/47
LM5071001
T1 GEAR 50/45
SECTOR
LM5056001
FEEDER GEAR 21/31
PENDULUM
LM5104001
GEAR 17 (white)
LM5057001
FEEDER GEAR 48
LM5050001
DX GEAR 27/68 L
LM5102001
GEAR 17 (black)
LM5103001
GEAR 20
LM5023001
P/P GEAR 29
CLUTCH CAM
A-13
Confidential
APPENDIX
APPENDIX 6 READMARKS
This page provides the retrieve information. It is possible to get the instruction of the subject by just clicking on the link below.
1. Error codes (HL-5270DN/5280DW)
(Refer to “2.2.2 Service calls for HL-5270N/5280DW”, Chapter 4 .)
2. Error message
HL-5240/5250DN
(Refer to “2.1.1 Operator calls for HL-5240/5250DN”, Chapter 4 .)
HL-5270DN/5280DW
(Refer to “2.1.2 Operator calls for HL-5270DN/5280DW”, Chapter 4 .)
3. Reset parts life
HL-5240/5250DN
(Refer to “2. IF YOU REPLACE THE PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE PARTS”, Chapter 6 .)
HL-5270DN/5280DW
(Refer to “2.2 Reset Parts Life Menu”, Chapter 7 .)
4. Paper specification
(Refer to “3.6 Paper”, Chapter 1 .)
5. Machine specification
(Refer to “3. SPECIFICATIONS”, Chapter 1 .)
6. Diameter of rollers
(Refer to “6.2 Diameter of Rollers”, Chapter 4 .)
7. Periodical replacement parts
(Refer to “2.1 Periodical Replacement Parts”, Chapter 3 .)
8. Toner cartridge weight information
(Refer to “3.8 Toner Cartridge Weight Information”, Chapter 1 .)
A-14
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
APPENDIX 7 LOCATION OF THE FERRITE CORE
It is necessary to place the ferrite core correctly in order to comply with the EMI (Electromagnetic interface) standard when assembling. Refer to the following chart as well to know the necessary ferrite core depending on models.
RELAY-FRONT HARNESS AL
FERRITE CORE:16X9X5X0.5
LD HARNESS AL
FERRITE CORE:16X9X5X0.5
1
4
2
3
Main Motor FFC
Polygon Motor FFC
CORE:23.8X15X6.3X
1.1
FERRITE CORE:26.0X9.5X5.0X1.2
A-15
Confidential
APPENDIX
Models
HL-5240 US
HL-5240 CAN
HL-5240 GER
HL-5240 UK
HL-5240 ARL
HL-5240 SWI
HL-5240 SPA/POR
HL-5240 ITA
HL-5240 ISR
HL-5240 CHN
HL-5240 PHL
HL-5240 SAF
HL-5240 CHI
HL-5240 SGP/GULF
HL-5240 KOR
HL-5240 IND
HL-5240 RUS
HL-5240 PAN-NORDIC
HL-5240 BEL/FRA/NL
HL-5240 EEU GENERAL
HL-5240 MOF BEL
HL-5240 CONSIP ITA
HL-5250DN US
HL-5250DN CAN
HL-5250DN GER
HL-5250DN UK
HL-5250DN ARL
HL-5250DN SWI
HL-5250DN SPA/POR
HL-5250DN ITA
HL-5250DN ISR
HL-5250DN CHN
HL-5250DN PHL
HL-5250DN SAF
HL-5250DN SGP/GULF
HL-5250DN IND
HL-5250DN RUS
HL-5250DN PAN-NORDIC
HL-5250DN BEL/FRA/NL
HL-5250DN EEU GENERAL
HL-5255DN-MICR US
HL-5250DN HY GER
HL-5250DN CONSIP ITA
Ferrite Core 1 Ferrite Core 2 Ferrite Core 3 Ferrite Core 4
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
A-16
Confidential
Models
HL-5270DN GER
HL-5270DN UK
HL-5270DN ARL
HL-5270DN SWI
HL-5270DN SPA/POR
HL-5270DN ITA
HL-5270DN ISR
HL-5270DN PHL
HL-5270DN SAF
HL-5270DN SGP/GULF
HL-5270DN RUS
HL-5270DN PAN-NORDIC
HL-5270DN BEL/FRA/NL
HL-5270DN EEU GENERAL
HL-5280DW US
HL-5280DW CAN
HL-5280DW GER
HL-5280DW UK
HL-5280DW SWI
HL-5280DW GENERAL
HL-5280DW PAN-NORDIC
HL-5250DNT US
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
Ferrite Core 1 Ferrite Core 2 Ferrite Core 3 Ferrite Core 4
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
A-17
Confidential
APPENDIX
APPENDIX 8 HL-5240L
The Brother HL-5240L is functionally equivalent to the Brother HL-5240.
Refer to the information for the HL-5240 in this manual.
When visiting any Brother support sites, refer to information on the Brother HL-5240L.
<Specifications>
The differences between the HL-5240 and HL-5240L
HL-5240L
Print Speed Up to 24ppm (A4 size)
*1
Starter Toner Cartridge
*2
Approx. 2,000 pages A4 @ 5%coverage
*1 From the standard paper tray and optional paper tray 2.
*2 The toner cartridge supplied with the HL-5240 is able to print approx. 3,500 A4 pages at 5% coverage.
Print Speeds with Various Settings
A4 / Letter size
Media type setting
Transparency, Thin Paper
Plain Paper, Recycled Paper
24 ppm
24 ppm
Thick Paper, Envelopes, Env.Thin 14 ppm
Thicker/Bond Paper, Env.Thick 3 ppm
HL-5240L
Smaller size than A4 or Letter
Media type setting HL-5240L
Transparency, Thin Paper
Plain Paper, Recycled Paper
24 ppm
90 sec 24 ppm Æ 14 ppm
Thick Paper, Envelopes, Env.Thin 14 ppm
Thicker/Bond Paper, Env.Thick 3 ppm
A-18
Confidential
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW SERVICE MANUAL
<Information for the Starter Toner Cartridge>
Toner Cartridge Weight Information
Also refer to “3.9 Toner Cartridge Weight Information”, Chapter 1.
Brand New Toner Cartridge Weight: 629g (± 15g)
Toner Weight at Brand New Toner Cartridge: 100g (± 2.5g)
Toner Cartridge Weight at Toner Near Empty: 606g (± 15g)
Remaining Toner Weight at Toner Near Empty: 77g (± 2.5g)
Toner Cartridge Weight at Toner Life End: 594g (± 15g)
Remaining Toner Weight at Toner Life End: 65g (± 2.5g)
NOTE:
The information shows approximate weight of the toner cartridge and toner.
It is subject to change due to redesign of the machine.
Toner life end mode
Also refer to “3.4.1 Toner life end mode”, Chapter 2.
The upper limit of the drum rotation for the starter toner is 26,400 = 2,400 sheets x 11 rotations.
The following graph shows the number of printable pages in the case of A4 printing.
HL-5240L(Starter (2.0K) toner)
Page/job
Cartridge life
Cartridge life+ON/OFF
Toner empty (5%)
Toner empty (4%)
Toner empty (3%)
Toner empty (2%)
Toner empty (1%)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
2,400 3,616 4,352 4,844 5,197 5,462 5,669 5,834 5,970 6,083 6,179 6,261
1,320 2,237 2,912 3,429 3,837 4,168 4,442 4,673 4,869 5,038 5,186 5,315
2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000
2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500
3,333 3,333 3,333 3,333 3,333 3,333 3,333 3,333 3,333 3,333 3,333 3,333
5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000
10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
Cartridge life = 11a x 2400 / ( 3.6 x (a - 1) + 11 ) a : Page / job
Cartridge life+ON/OFF = ( 11a x 2400 ) / ( 3.6 x (a - 1) + 11 + 9 )
Cartridge life (Mechanical limit) : 2400 ( 1page / job )
20,000
18,000
16,000
14,000
12,000
10,000
8,000
6,000
4,000
2,000
0
1
Cartridge life
Cartridge life+ON/OFF
Toner empty (5%)
Toner empty (4%)
Toner empty (3%)
Toner empty (2%)
Toner empty (1%)
2 3 4 5 6 7
Page / Job
8 9 10 11 12
A-19
Confidential
APPENDIX
New Toner Detection Mechanism
Also refer to “3.4.2 New toner detection mechanism”, Chapter 2.
The starter toner does not have parts for the new toner detection. When turning on the HL-5240L for the first time after shipment, it is premised on that the starter toner cartridge is attached.
Developer Roller Counter Reset 3 (For the starter toner)
Also refer to “Developer Roller Counter Reset”, Chapter 7.
1. Check that the front cover is open.
2. Turn ON the power switch while the
Go
button is held.
3. After all LEDs on the panel are lit, only the
Status
LED goes out.
4. Release the
Go
button and check that all LEDs are out.
5. Press the
Go
button twice. (If the
Go
button is pressed, the
Status
LED is lit. If the
Go
button is released, the LED is out.)
6. Check that
Toner
/
Drum
/
Paper
LEDs are lighted.
7. Press the
Go
button 9 times. (If the
Go
button is pressed, the
Status
LED is lit. If the
Go
button is released, the LED is out.) The mode starts after 2 seconds. (All LEDs are lit for 1 second and the printer returns to the ready status.)
A-20
Confidential
advertisement
Key Features
- Laser
- 1200 x 1200 DPI
- A4 28 ppm
- Total input capacity: 250 sheets Total output capacity: 150 sheets
- Internal memory: 16 MB 266 MHz
Related manuals
Frequently Answers and Questions
What is the maximum paper capacity of the Brother HL-5250DN Series?
Can the Brother HL-5250DN Series print double-sided?
Does the Brother HL-5250DN Series support mobile printing?
advertisement